WO2021223745A1 - Multicast service switching method and apparatus - Google Patents

Multicast service switching method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021223745A1
WO2021223745A1 PCT/CN2021/092205 CN2021092205W WO2021223745A1 WO 2021223745 A1 WO2021223745 A1 WO 2021223745A1 CN 2021092205 W CN2021092205 W CN 2021092205W WO 2021223745 A1 WO2021223745 A1 WO 2021223745A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
service
multicast
terminal device
network element
network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/092205
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
宗在峰
朱奋勤
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021223745A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021223745A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0007Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for multicast or broadcast services, e.g. MBMS
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for switching multicast services.
  • the application server can send multicast broadcast service data (also known as MBMS services) to Terminal equipment: Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Services (MBMS) bearer or unicast bearer.
  • MBMS Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Services
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is located within the coverage of the fifth generation mobile communication (5Generation, 5G) network, the terminal device can also receive multicast broadcast service data in the form of multicast broadcast.
  • the 5G network is also called the New Radio (New Radio) system .
  • the AS can also send multicast broadcast service data to terminal devices in two ways: 5G multicast broadcast path or unicast path.
  • MBMS has a certain service area.
  • the terminal equipment moves from the MBMS area to the coverage of the 5G base station, how to ensure the continuity of the multicast broadcast service data during the handover process is a key issue that needs to be solved.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for switching multicast services, which can ensure that when a terminal device switches from a first network to a second network, the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network is Maintain business continuity during the handover.
  • the first aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, including: a first session management network element receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to a terminal device located on a first network through a unicast bearer Send business data packets.
  • the first session management network element sends second indication information to the first user plane network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  • the terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the service data is first switched from the multicast path of the first network to the unicast bearer of the first network, and then the unicast bearer of the first network is switched to the multicast session of the second network, thereby ensuring that the terminal
  • the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network maintains service continuity during the switching process.
  • the method further includes: the first session management network element obtains multicast service quality QoS flow information of the service, and determines to send the service according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service The unicast bearer of the data packet.
  • the first session management network element receiving the first indication information includes: the first session management network element receiving a first message, the first message including the first indication information and The multicast service identifier of the service.
  • the first session management network element acquiring the multicast QoS flow information of the service includes: the first session management network element acquiring the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  • the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier of the service
  • the first session management network element acquiring multicast QoS flow information of the service includes: the first The session management network element obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  • the method further includes: if the first session management network element receives eighth indication information, the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity, then the first The session management network element determines the unicast QoS flow corresponding to the service according to the information of the multicast QoS flow.
  • adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: when the terminal device moves from the first network to the second During the network switching process, the first session management network element switches the data packets of the service from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to being sent to the terminal device via a protocol data unit PDU session. After the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet passes through the The PDU session sent to the terminal is switched to sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  • the PDU session is a unicast path in the second network.
  • the data packet transmitted by the multicast mode in the first network is first switched from the multicast mode to the unicast path of the first network, and then from the first network.
  • the first user plane network element is notified to stop sending the service data to the terminal device through the PDU session.
  • adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: when the terminal device is transferred from the first network to the first network 2.
  • the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet is switched from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to passing through the The multicast session is sent to the terminal device.
  • This method first switches the data packets transmitted through the multicast mode in the first network from the multicast mode to the unicast path of the first network, and then switches from the unicast path of the first network to the multicast path of the second network. This ensures that the multicast service of the terminal equipment maintains service continuity during the cell handover.
  • the first session management network element determines that the service supports sending through the multicast mode of the second network.
  • the first session management network element determines that the service supports sending through the multicast mode of the second network may be: the first session management network element receives the first rule corresponding to the service, The first rule is used to perform control, policy, or charging, and the first rule includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the first rule further includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the first indication information and the first rule are carried in the same message, or the first session management network element receives the first indication information before receiving the first indication information.
  • One rule is
  • the first session management network element before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, it determines that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device Multicast is supported, wherein the terminal device accesses the second network through the target access network device.
  • the first session management network element determines that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, it may be: the first session management network element establishes a packet data network PDN connection on the terminal device In the process, receiving multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device, where the multicast capability indication information is used to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network. The first session management network element determines, according to the multicast capability indication information, that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
  • the first session management network element triggers the establishment of the multicast session.
  • adding the terminal device to the multicast session by the first session management network element includes: the first session management network element receiving a request sent by an access and mobility management function AMF Message, the request message is used to create or update a PDU session, and the PDU session is associated with the service.
  • the first session management network element determines that the service sent through the unicast bearer supports multicast transmission, and the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network, and the first session management network The element instructs the target access network device in the second network to join the terminal device in the multicast session.
  • the first session management network element when the terminal device moves into the MBMS area or after it moves into the MBMS area, the first session management network element receives fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop passing through the The unicast bearer sends the data of the service, and the first session management network element notifies the first user plane network element to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer according to the fourth instruction information.
  • the second indication information includes a first mapping relationship between the information of the first tunnel and the identifier QFI of the multicast quality of service QoS flow of the service, and the first tunnel is the unicast Bears the corresponding tunnel, the QFI is the QFI of the service data packet received by the first user plane network element, and the first mapping relationship is used by the first user plane network element to determine to send the service The first tunnel of the packet.
  • the first session management network element receives the second tunnel information from the first user plane network element, so The first user plane network element receives the service data packet from a second user plane network element or an application server through the second tunnel, and the first session management network element sends the second tunnel information to the The second user plane network element or the application server.
  • the second indication information includes the multicast address
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the first user plane network element to set the destination address as the data of the multicast address
  • the packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  • the first session management network element sends a first notification message to the AS, and the first notification message is used to notify the AS to support Send the data of the service to the terminal device in a multicast manner.
  • adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: the first session management network element receives fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used for After instructing to add the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, the first session management network element adds the terminal to the multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information.
  • the first session management network element before the first session management network element sends the first notification message to the AS, the first session management network element receives sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when the multicast mode is supported When sending service data to the terminal device, the first notification message is sent to the AS.
  • the first message including the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in the first message.
  • the first session management network element determines that the terminal device is in the The second network supports multicast, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device accesses the second network through the target access network device.
  • a second aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, including: a first session management network element obtains a multicast service identifier of the service, and the first session management network element provides services for PDN connections of terminal devices;
  • the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the first session management network element obtains the multicast service identifier of the service received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network in advance, and obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier, so that the When a terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element can add the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, thereby ensuring that the terminal device passes through the process when the terminal device switches from the first network to the second network
  • the multicast service data received by the multicast path of the first network maintains service continuity during the switching process.
  • adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: when the terminal device moves from the first network to the second During the network switching process, the first session management network element creates a unicast QoS flow in the second network according to the multicast QoS flow information, the unicast QoS flow belongs to a PDU session, and the PDU session is connected to the Corresponding to the PDN connection, the service is sent to the terminal device through the PDU session.
  • the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet passes through the The PDU session is sent to the terminal device to switch to the multicast session via the second network and sent to the terminal device.
  • the PDU session is a unicast path in the second network.
  • This method switches the data transmitted through the multicast mode in the first network to the unicast path of the second network, and then switches from the unicast path of the second network to the unicast path of the second network.
  • the multicast path of the second network ensures that the multicast service of the terminal equipment maintains service continuity during the cell handover process.
  • adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: when the terminal device is transferred from the first network to the first network 2.
  • the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session according to the multicast service identifier, and the data packets of the service are transferred from the multicast mode through the first network Sent to the terminal device to switch to the multicast session via the second network and sent to the terminal device.
  • This method directly switches the data packets transmitted through the multicast mode in the first network to the multicast path of the second network, thereby ensuring that the multicast service of the terminal device maintains service continuity during the cell switching process.
  • the method further includes: the first session management network element receives the multicast service identifier from the terminal device, or the first session management network element receives the multicast service identifier from the AS Multicast service identifier.
  • the method further includes: the first session management network element receiving the multicast service identifier from the terminal device includes: the terminal device connects to the first The session management network element sends the multicast service identifier.
  • the terminal device sends the identifier of the multicast service through the PDN connection, so that the first session management network element associates the service with the PDN connection, so that when the terminal device switches to the second network, the first A session management network element can associate the service with the PDU session corresponding to the PDN connection, so that the terminal device can be added to the multicast session through the PDU session.
  • the method further includes: the first session management network element determines that the terminal device is accessed through the first network, and the first session management network element is connected from the terminal device After receiving the multicast service identifier, not adding the terminal device to the multicast session and/or not creating a unicast bearer for the terminal device on the first network.
  • a third aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, including: an AS receives a first report from a terminal device, the first report being used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
  • the AS determines to send service data packets to the terminal device through a unicast bearer
  • the AS sends first indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, and the The first indication information is used to indicate that the data packet of the service is sent to the terminal device through a unicast bearer.
  • the method sends a first report to the AS, so that the AS triggers the establishment of a unicast bearer, switches the service from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer, and further switches the service from the unicast bearer In the multicast session to the second network, so as to ensure the continuity of the multicast service during the cell handover.
  • the AS further sends a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service to the core network device and/or the first session management network element.
  • the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the AS sends a first message to the first session management network element, where the first message includes the first indication information and a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the AS sends a second message to the core network device, where the second message includes the first indication information and a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the AS further sends the eighth indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity.
  • the AS further sends third indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the AS sending third indication information to the core network device includes: the AS sends a second message to the core network device, and the second message includes the third indication information and the core network device.
  • the AS further sends eighth indication information to the core network device or the first session management network element, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the service supports service continuity.
  • the AS sends sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that when it supports sending service data to the terminal device in a multicast manner, the AS sends the The first notification message.
  • the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in a first message or a second message.
  • the AS receives a first notification message, and the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, and responds to the first notification Message, the AS sends a second notification message to the terminal device, where the second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the data of the service.
  • the AS receives a first notification message, where the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, and responds to the first notification message.
  • the AS sends fifth instruction information to the first session management network element or core network device, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the AS when the terminal device moves from a non-MBMS area into an MBMS area, the AS receives a second report from the terminal device, and the second report is used to notify the AS of the terminal device
  • the data of the service can be received through the MBMS bearer.
  • the AS sends fourth indication information to the core network device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer.
  • the fourth aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services.
  • a terminal device sends multicast capability indication information to a first session management network element, where the multicast capability indication information is used to indicate all The multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network.
  • the terminal device receives from the source access network device in the first network the configuration information of the wireless resource allocated by the target access network device in the second network to the terminal device, and the configuration information of the wireless resource is used for The terminal device receives the data of the service in the second network in a multicast manner, and the terminal device receives the data of the service according to the configuration information of the wireless resource.
  • the terminal device receives a fourth notification message from the application server AS, and the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use a multicast session in the second network to receive service data .
  • a fifth aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, including: a target access network device receives seventh indication information from a first session management network element, where the seventh indication information is used to instruct to join the terminal device The multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the target access network device obtains the parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the multicast session, and allocates wireless resources for the multicast QoS flow according to the seventh indication information and the parameters of the multicast QoS flow.
  • the target access network device sends the configuration information of the wireless resource of the multicast QoS flow to the terminal device through the source access network device, and the source access network device is the terminal device when the terminal device is accessing the terminal device.
  • the access network device that is connected before the target access network device.
  • the seventh indication information and the QoS information of the multicast session are sent by the first session management network element through a message.
  • a sixth aspect of the present application provides a first session management network element, including: a receiving module, configured to receive first instruction information, where the first instruction information is used to instruct to send to a terminal device located on a first network through a unicast bearer Service data packet; sending module, used to send second instruction information to the first user plane network element, the second instruction information used to instruct to send the data packet to the terminal device through the unicast bearer; join The module is used for adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service when the terminal device accesses through the second network.
  • the network element further includes: an obtaining module, configured to obtain multicast quality of service QoS flow information of the service; a first determining module, configured to determine to send the information according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service Unicast bearer of service data packets.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive a first message, where the first message includes the first indication information and a multicast service identifier of the service; the acquiring module is specifically configured to: according to the The multicast service identifier obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service.
  • the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier of the service
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  • the first determining module is further configured to: if the first session management network element receives eighth indication information, the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity, according to the multicast QoS flow The information determines the unicast QoS flow corresponding to the service.
  • the joining module is specifically configured to: in the process of the terminal device switching from the first network to the second network, transfer the data packets of the service from the unicast
  • the bearer sent to the terminal device is switched to sent to the terminal device via a protocol data unit PDU session, and after the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the terminal device is added to the In a multicast session, the service data packet is switched from being sent to the terminal through the PDU session to being sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  • the sending module is further configured to: notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data to the terminal device through the PDU session .
  • the joining module is specifically configured to: join the terminal device to the multicast session during the handover process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, The data packet of the service is switched from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to being sent to the terminal device via the multicast session.
  • a second determining module configured to determine that the service supports multicast through the second network before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session Way to send.
  • the second determining module is specifically configured to: receive a first rule corresponding to the service, the first rule is used for control, policy, or charging, and the first rule includes third indication information The third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the first rule further includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the first indication information and the first rule are carried in the same message, or the first session management network element receives the first indication information before receiving the first indication information.
  • One rule is
  • it further includes a third determining module, configured to determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device passes all The target access network device accesses the second network.
  • a third determining module configured to determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device passes all The target access network device accesses the second network.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to: in the process of establishing a packet data network PDN connection by the terminal device, receive multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device, and the multicast capability indication information is used for In order to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network, it is determined according to the multicast capability indication information that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
  • an establishment module configured to trigger the establishment of the multicast session when the multicast session corresponding to the service has not been established.
  • the joining module is specifically configured to: receive a request message sent by the access and mobility management function AMF, where the request message is used to create or update a PDU session, and the PDU session is related to the service Associate, determine that the service sent through the unicast bearer supports multicast transmission, and the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network, and instructs the target access network device in the second network Joining the terminal device to the multicast session.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop passing through the The unicast bearer transmits the data of the service.
  • the sending module is further configured to notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data through the unicast bearer according to the fourth instruction information.
  • the second indication information includes a first mapping relationship between the information of the first tunnel and the identifier QFI of the multicast quality of service QoS flow of the service, and the first tunnel is the unicast Bears the corresponding tunnel, the QFI is the QFI of the service data packet received by the first user plane network element, and the first mapping relationship is used by the first user plane network element to determine to send the service The first tunnel of the packet.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: after the sending module sends the second indication information to the first user plane network element, receive the second tunnel information from the first user plane network element, and the first The user plane network element receives the data packet of the service from the second user plane network element or the application server through the second tunnel.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the second tunnel information to the second user plane network element or the application server.
  • the second indication information includes the multicast address
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the first user plane network element to set the destination address as the data of the multicast address
  • the packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  • the sending module is further configured to: send a first notification message to the AS, and the first notification message is used to notify the AS to support Send the data of the service to the terminal device in a multicast manner.
  • the joining module is specifically configured to: receive fifth instruction information, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service, and according to the fifth instruction information, add The terminal joins the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when a multicast mode is supported to the terminal When the device sends service data, the first notification message is sent to the AS.
  • the first message including the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in the first message.
  • the determining module determines that the terminal device is in the second Multicast is supported in the network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device accesses the second network through the target access network device.
  • the seventh aspect of the present application provides an AS, including: a receiving module, configured to receive a first report from a terminal device, the first report being used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area; a determining module, configured to The first report determines that the data packet of the service is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer; the sending module is used to send the first indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, the first indication information It is used to instruct to send the data packet of the service to the terminal device through a unicast bearer.
  • the sending module is further configured to: send third indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission .
  • the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the sending module sends third indication information to the core network device, specifically: sending a second message to the core network device, and the second message includes the third indication information and the core network device.
  • the sending module is further configured to send a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service to the core network device and/or the first session management network element.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the eighth indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity.
  • the sending module is further configured to: send sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that when it supports sending service data to the terminal device in a multicast manner, The AS sends the first notification message.
  • the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in a first message.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: receive a first notification message, where the first notification message is used to notify support for using multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, and
  • the sending module is further configured to: in response to the first notification message, send a second notification message to the terminal device, where the second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the service. data.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: receive a first notification message, where the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, so
  • the sending module is further configured to: in response to the first notification message, send fifth instruction information to the first session management network element or core network device, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to join The multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: when the terminal device moves from a non-MBMS area into an MBMS area, receive a second report from the terminal device, and the second report is used to notify the The terminal equipment of the AS can receive the data of the service through the MBMS bearer.
  • the sending module is further configured to send fourth indication information to the core network device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer.
  • An eighth aspect of the present application provides a terminal device, including: a sending module, configured to send multicast capability indication information to a first session management network element in the process of establishing a PDN connection for the terminal device, the multicast capability
  • the indication information is used to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network
  • the receiving module is used to receive the target access network device in the second network from the source access network device in the first network
  • the configuration information of the wireless resource allocated to the terminal device where the configuration information of the wireless resource is used by the terminal device to receive the data of the service in the second network in a multicast manner; the receiving module further It is used to receive the data of the service according to the configuration information of the wireless resource.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: receive a fourth notification message from the application server AS, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session in the second network Receive business data.
  • a ninth aspect of the present application provides a target access network device, including: a receiving module, configured to receive seventh indication information from a first session management network element, where the seventh indication information is used to instruct to add the terminal device to the service Corresponding multicast session; acquisition module, used to acquire the parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the multicast session; resource allocation module, used to obtain the parameters of the multicast QoS flow according to the seventh indication information and the parameters of the multicast QoS flow The multicast QoS flow allocates wireless resources; a sending module is used to send configuration information of the wireless resources of the multicast QoS flow to the terminal device through a source access network device, and the source access network device is the The access network device that the terminal device accesses before accessing the target access network device.
  • the seventh indication information and the QoS information of the multicast session are sent by the first session management network element through a message.
  • a tenth aspect of the present application provides a first session management network element, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the memory is used to store instructions
  • the transceiver is used to communicate with other devices
  • the processor is used to execute the The instructions stored in the memory, so that the first session management network element executes the method according to the first aspect or any one of the methods of the present application.
  • the eleventh aspect of the present application provides an AS, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the memory is used to store instructions
  • the transceiver is used to communicate with other devices
  • the processor is used to execute data stored in the memory. Instructions to make the AS execute the method described in the second aspect or any one of the methods of the present application.
  • a twelfth aspect of the present application provides a terminal device, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the memory is used to store instructions
  • the transceiver is used to communicate with other devices
  • the processor is used to execute storage in the memory.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a target access network device, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the memory is used to store instructions
  • the transceiver is used to communicate with other devices
  • the processor is used to execute the The instructions stored in the memory, so that the target access network device executes the method according to the fourth aspect or any one of the methods of the present application.
  • a fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the computer executes the first, second, and third aspects of the present application. Aspect, the fourth aspect, or the method of any one of the aspects.
  • the fifteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the computer executes the first, second, third, and fourth aspects of the present application. Or the method described in either way.
  • a sixteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication system, including a first session management network element and an AS, where the first session management network element is used to execute the method described in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects of the present application
  • the AS is used to execute the method described in the second aspect or any one of the second aspects of this application.
  • the communication system further includes: a first user plane network element.
  • the first session management network element when the signal in the multicast area where the terminal device located in the first network is located is weak, receives the first indication information, and the first indication The information is used to indicate that the service data packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  • the first session management network element sends second indication information to the first user plane network element.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the unicast bearer to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a data packet, and when the terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network maintains service continuity during the switching process.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic architecture diagram of an LTE system
  • Figure 2 is a schematic architecture diagram of a 5G network
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of an existing 4G network supporting MBMS
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an existing 5G network supporting multicast mode
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the application is applicable.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 1 of this application;
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 2 of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 3 of the application;
  • FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 4 of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 5 of the application;
  • FIG. 11 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 6 of this application;
  • FIG. 12 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 7 of the application;
  • FIG. 13 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 8 of this application;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a first session management network element provided by Embodiment 9 of this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the AS provided in the tenth embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in Embodiment 11 of this application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a target access network device provided in Embodiment 12 of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first session management network element provided by Embodiment 13 of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, which can realize the multicast service in the process of terminal equipment switching from the fourth-generation mobile communication (4-generation, 4G) system to the fifth-generation mobile communication system Keep business uninterrupted.
  • the 4G network may be an LTE system, and the 5G network is also called a new wireless communication system, a new radio (NR) or a next-generation mobile communication system.
  • NR new radio
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic architecture diagram of an LTE system.
  • the LTE system may include: User Equipment (UE), Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN), Mobility Management Entity, MME), Serving Gateway (SGW), Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW), Scheme and Charging Rule Function (PCRF), Home Subscriber Server, HSS) and operator’s IP services.
  • UE User Equipment
  • E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • SGW Serving Gateway
  • PGW Packet Data Network Gateway
  • PCRF Scheme and Charging Rule Function
  • HSS Home Subscriber Server
  • the core network of the LTE network mainly includes three logical functions: MME, SGW, and PGW.
  • MME is a signaling management network element, responsible for non-access stratum (NAS) signaling encryption, and assigning temporary identities to UEs. Identify and select core network equipment such as SGW and PGW, provide roaming, tracking, security and other functions;
  • SGW is the mobility anchor for handover between local evolved NodeB (eNB), and provides legal monitoring related functions.
  • eNB is The base station in the LTE system;
  • PGW is responsible for user address allocation, plan control and charging rules execution, and lawful interception related functions;
  • HSS is used to store user subscription information;
  • PCRF is used to provide plans and charging control rules.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic architecture diagram of a 5G network.
  • the access network in the 5G network can be a radio access network (R) AN, and the (R) AN equipment in the 5G network It can be composed of multiple 5G-(R)AN nodes, and the 5G-(R)AN nodes can include: non-3GPP access networks such as access points (APs) of WiFi networks, next-generation base stations (collectively referred to as It is a new generation radio access network node (NG-RAN node), among which the next generation base station includes a new air interface base station (NR nodeB, gNB), a new generation evolved base station (NG-eNB), and a central unit (CU) (GNB, etc., separated from distributed unit (DU)), transmission receiving point (TRP), transmission point (TP) or other nodes.
  • NG-RAN node new generation radio access network node
  • NR nodeB, gNB new air interface base station
  • NG-eNB new generation evolved base station
  • the 5G core network (5G core/new generation core, 5GC/NGC) includes access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF) network elements, session management function (Session Management Function, SMF) network elements, and user plane Function (User Plane Function, UPF) network element, Authentication Server Function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF) network element, Policy Control Function (PCF) network element, Application Function (AF) network element, unified Multiple functional units such as data management function (unified data management, UDM) network elements and network slice selection function (Network Slice Selection Function, NSSF) network elements.
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • PCF Policy Control Function
  • AF Application Function
  • unified Multiple functional units such as data management function (unified data management, UDM) network elements and network slice selection function (Network Slice Selection Function, NSSF) network elements.
  • the AMF network element is mainly responsible for services such as mobility management and access management.
  • the SMF network element is mainly responsible for session management, UE address management and allocation, dynamic host configuration protocol functions, selection and control of user plane functions, etc.
  • UPF is mainly responsible for data packet routing and forwarding, message filtering, and execution of quality of service (QoS) control related functions that are connected to the data network (DN) and user plane externally.
  • AUSF is mainly responsible for the authentication function of terminal equipment.
  • the PCF network element is mainly responsible for providing a unified policy framework for network behavior management, providing policy rules for control plane functions, and obtaining registration information related to policy decisions.
  • control and mobility management functions such as access authentication, security encryption, location registration for terminal equipment, and user Session management functions such as the establishment, release, and modification of the surface transmission path.
  • the functional units in the 5GC can communicate through the next generation network (NG) interface.
  • the UE can transmit control plane messages with the AMF network element through the NG interface 1 (abbreviated as N1), and the RAN device can communicate through the NG interface.
  • Interface 3 (abbreviated as N3) establishes a user plane data transmission channel with UPF.
  • AN/RAN equipment can establish a control plane signaling connection with AMF network elements through NG interface 2 (abbreviated as N2), and UPF can communicate with UPF via NG interface 4 (abbreviated as N4).
  • UPF can exchange user plane data with data network DN through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6)
  • AMF network elements can exchange information with SMF network elements through NG interface 11 (abbreviated as N11)
  • SMF network elements can The NG interface 7 (abbreviated as N7) is used for information exchange with the PCF network element
  • the AMF network element can perform information exchange with the AUSF through the NG interface 12 (abbreviated as N12).
  • FIG. 2 is only an exemplary architecture diagram. In addition to the functional units shown in FIG. 2, the network architecture may also include other functional units.
  • UEs in 4G networks and 5G networks are also referred to as terminal devices, mobile stations (mobile stations, MS), mobile terminals (mobile terminals), terminals (terminals), and so on.
  • the terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks via the RAN. Therefore, the terminal device can also be called a wireless terminal. Handheld device, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal equipment can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless Handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices or wearable devices with communication functions, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, industrial control ( Wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, and transportation safety Wireless terminal, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, etc.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • industrial control Wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, and transportation safety Wireless terminal, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, etc.
  • MBMS and eMBMS are introduced for group communication.
  • eMBMS is an evolution of MBMS.
  • MBMS supports two modes of multimedia broadcast service and multicast service. It can broadcast multimedia video information directly to all users or send it to one user.
  • Group subscription subscription users can watch, which can help operators develop a variety of commercial applications such as multimedia advertisements, free and pay TV channels, and MMS group sending. Operators can develop mobile TV services with lower network deployment costs.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the existing 4G network architecture that supports MBMS.
  • the Group Communication Service Application Server (GCS AS) in the application domain provides basic services and supplementary services to the UE , Multimedia conferences, converged communications, SMS gateways, standard attendant consoles and other services.
  • GCS AS Group Communication Service Application Server
  • the GCS AS can send data to the UE in two ways: unicast bearer mode and MBMS bearer mode.
  • the path corresponding to the unicast bearer (or called the unicast path) is: GCS AS->S/P-GW->E-UTRAN(eNB)->UE, that is, GCS AS sends data to S through the SGi interface /P-GW, S/P-GW means SGW and/or PGW, S/P-GW sends the data to E-UTRAN, and E-UTRAN sends the data to UE.
  • the path corresponding to MBMS bearer is: GCS AS->BM-SC->MBMS-GW->E-UTRAN(eNB)->UE, that is, GCS AS sends data to MBMS-GW, MBMS-GW through MB2-U interface The data is sent to E-UTRAN, and E-UTRAN sends the data to the UE.
  • GCS AS To send data through the MBMS bearer, GCS AS first needs to notify the BM-SC to establish a multicast bearer.
  • the process of establishing a multicast bearer will establish an MB2-U interface, and establish a connection from BM-SC to MBMS-GW and from MBMS-GW to E-UTRAN interface, and notify E-UTRAN to establish MBMS air interface bearer.
  • the GCS AS can send the multicast service data to the E-UTRAN through the MBMS bearer and to the UE through the E-UTRAN.
  • MBMS has a certain service area, that is, not all base stations support MBMS bearer. If some base stations do not support MBMS bearer, they cannot send multicast service data through MBMS bearer. At this time, in order to ensure service continuity, it will switch to sending data through unicast bearer, that is, through packet data network (Packet Date Network, PDN). ) Connect to send data, that is, send data through S/P-GW.
  • PDN Packet Date Network
  • the UE can send a report to the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS learns that the UE has moved out or is about to move out of the MBMS service area, it can notify the UE to receive the data of the service through a unicast bearer, and GCS
  • the AS sends the unicast information corresponding to the service (ie group communication service) to the PCRF through the Rx interface, and this process triggers the PGW to modify or create a bearer to prepare resources for sending the unicast data of the service.
  • the UE when the UE moves into the MBMS service area, the UE can also send a report to the GCS AS. According to the report, when the GCS AS learns that the UE moves into the MBMS service area, it can notify the UE to receive the data of the service through the MBMS bearer and trigger it through the Rx interface The PGW deletes the unicast bearer resources allocated for the service.
  • FIG 3 there is a signaling interface between the UE and the GCS AS, and the signaling between the UE and the GCS AS is also sent through a PDN connection, that is, sent through a unicast bearer.
  • the GSC AS and the BM-SC include an MB2-U interface and an MB2-C interface, where the MB2-U interface is used to transmit multicast service data, and the MB2-C interface is used to transmit signaling related to group communication services.
  • the UE may also use 5G multicast to receive service data.
  • the multicast service data can be sent through the multicast path.
  • the AS can be GCS AS
  • the base station sends the multicast service data to the UPF and passes the UPF
  • the shared tunnel with the base station through which UPF only sends a copy of multicast service data to the base station, and the base station can send the copy of multicast service data to multiple UEs) sends the multicast service data to the 5G base station.
  • the 5G base station can flexibly determine the playback mode according to the air interface conditions and the number of terminals listening to the service.
  • the playback mode can be a point to multipoint (PTM) mode or a point to point (PTP) mode.
  • PTM point to multipoint
  • PTP point to point
  • the base station sends only one piece of data, which can be received by multiple terminal devices; in the PTP mode, one piece of data sent by the base station can only be received by one terminal device.
  • the base station can enable PTM and PTP at the same time, for example, PTM is used for UE1 and UE2, and PTP is used for UE3.
  • the 5G multicast path includes: AS->UPF->5G AN->UE. There is also a unicast path in the 5G network, that is, the path of a PDU session.
  • the unicast path includes: AS->PGW-U+UPF->5G AN->UE. If there is signaling between the UE and the AS, the signaling can be sent through the unicast path.
  • the UPF in Figure 4 can be controlled by PGW-C+SMF, or controlled by other SMFs.
  • the UPF and PGW-U+UPF can be the same UPF, or it can be a separate network element.
  • PGW-U+UPF is a network element with both PGW (PGW-U) and UPF functions with user plane functions.
  • the PGW-U+UPF can be a combined network element with PGW-U and UPF functions. , It can also be composed of two physically independent network elements.
  • PGW-C+SMF is a network element with both PGW (PGW-C) and SMF functions with control plane functions.
  • the PGW-C+SMF can be a combined network element with PGW-C and SMF functions. , It can also be composed of two physically independent network elements.
  • the UE can switch between the MBMS bearer and the unicast bearer in the 4G network. Similarly, the UE can also switch between the 5G multicast path and the unicast path in the 5G network. However, when the UE moves from the 4G MBMS area to the coverage area of the 5G base station, how to make the UE switch to the 5G process, the multicast service data received by the UE through the MBMS maintain service continuity during the switch process.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture to which the application method is applicable.
  • the PGW-C and SMF on the unicast path are co-located, called PGW-C+SMF
  • PGW -U and UPF are co-located, called PGW-U+UPF.
  • the PCRF in the 4G network is replaced by the PCF, and there is an interface between the PCF and PGW-C+SMF to receive the PCC rules.
  • the path corresponding to the MBMS bearer is the same as the path corresponding to the MBMS bearer in the 4G network shown in Figure 3, and the 5G multicast path shown in Figure 5 is the same as the 5G multicast path in the 5G network shown in Figure 4 .
  • a 5G network in a possible implementation, there is only an interface between a specific UPF and the AS, that is, the AS can only send multicast service data to the specific UPF.
  • the PDU session of the terminal device PGW-U+UPF may not be able to receive multicast service data directly from AS.
  • PGW-U+UPF needs to receive multicast service data from these specific UPFs That is, a path from a specific UPF to PGW-U+UPF needs to be established.
  • the embodiment of the application modifies the path corresponding to the unicast bearer of the multicast service on the 4G network.
  • the unicast path of the multicast service in the 4G network is AS (GCS AS)->S/P-GW->eNB->UE.
  • the unicast path of the multicast service in the 4G network is changed to: AS->UPF->S/P-GW->eNB->UE, that is, in the architecture shown in Figure 5, the multicast service is unicast in the 4G network
  • the path needs to go through UPF.
  • the destination address of the multicast service data packet sent through the 4G unicast path is the multicast address of the multicast service , Not the address of the terminal device.
  • the destination address of the multicast service data sent by the GCS AS through the unicast bearer in the 4G network is the unicast address (that is, the address of the terminal device).
  • the destination address of the multicast service data sent by the MBMS is the multicast address.
  • the destination addresses of the multicast service data sent by the AS through the unicast bearer or the MBMS bearer are the same, that is, the destination addresses are all the multicast addresses of the multicast service.
  • the UPF and PGW-U+UPF shown in Figure 5 may be co-located or not.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit this. If UPF and PGW-U+UPF are co-located, then There is no such path from UPF to PGW-U+UPF.
  • the 4G multicast mode (or 4G multicast path) uses MBMS to carry data
  • the 4G unicast mode (or 4G unicast path) uses unicast to transmit data
  • the unicast bearer uses PDN. Connect to transmit data.
  • the unicast bearer here refers to the Evolved Packet System bearer (EPS bearer) bearer.
  • the 5G multicast mode uses 5G multicast sessions (or called 5G multicast paths) to transmit data. The data is actually transmitted by the multicast QoS stream in the 5G multicast session.
  • the 5G unicast mode uses PDU session transmission, and the data is actually transmitted by the PDU session. Unicast QoS streaming data.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes a multicast service as an example for description, but the method of the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to the broadcast service, and the multicast can be replaced with the broadcast.
  • Embodiment 1 of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services.
  • the first network is a 4G network and the second network is a 5G network.
  • the first The first network and the second network are not limited to 4G networks and 5G networks, and may also be other networks that support multicast services.
  • the second network may also be a next-generation network.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 1 of this application. As shown in FIG. 6, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the first session management network element receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct to send a data packet of a service to a terminal device located in a first network through a unicast bearer.
  • the terminal device currently receives service data in a multicast manner, where the first session management network element may be PGW-C+SMF, and the first indication information is sent to PGW-C after the PCF receives the second message from the AS +SMF, or directly sent by AS to PGW-C+SMF.
  • the AS learns that the terminal equipment is currently located in the MBMS area of the service in the case of weak signal, or the AS determines that the terminal equipment is about to or has moved out of the MBMS area of the service, the AS directly sends the first message to the PGW-C+SMF
  • the PCF sends the first indication information to the PGW-C+SMF.
  • the AS can determine that the terminal device is about to or has moved out of the MBMS area of the service by receiving the first report of the terminal device, or knows that the signal of the MBMS area of the service where the terminal device is currently located is weak, where the first report is used to indicate the terminal The device moves out or is about to move out of the MBMS area of the service, or the signal of the MBMS area of the service where the terminal device is currently located is weak.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first session management network element to use unicast bearer to send service data packets to the terminal located in the first network, or to instruct to allocate unicast to the service of the terminal device in the first network Bearer, or, the first indication information is used to instruct to switch or migrate the service of the terminal device from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer.
  • Case 1 Based on the architecture of Figure 5, the service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is the multicast address of the service.
  • Case 2 Based on the architecture of Figure 5, the service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is the IP address of the terminal device.
  • the first indication information may further include the first rule, or the first indication information is sent to the first session management network element together with the first rule, or the first indication information is the first rule.
  • the first rule can be the policy control and charging (Policy Control and Charging, PCC) rule corresponding to the service when the AS sends the service data in the case 1 mode.
  • PCC Policy Control and Charging
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the first session
  • the management network element creates a unicast bearer according to the first rule.
  • the first rule is determined by the PCF according to the first description information.
  • the first description information is the corresponding service information when the service is sent in the case one mode, including service identification information and corresponding QoS parameters.
  • the identification information of the service is used to identify the service. For example, it may include any one of the source or destination address, source or destination port number, and protocol number of the data packet of the service.
  • the first session management network element has acquired the first rule before receiving the first indication information.
  • the first indication information does not include the first rule
  • the first indication information includes The identification information of the service, so that the first session management network element can determine the first rule and/or the second indication information according to the identification information of the service.
  • the second indication information refer to S102.
  • the identification information of the service may be the multicast service identification corresponding to the service, or the unicast service identification corresponding to the service, or other information used to identify the service, which is not limited in this implementation.
  • the first rule may further include third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission. Further, the first rule also includes the multicast service identifier corresponding to the service. In an implementation manner, the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the first indication information may further include the second rule, or the first indication information is sent to the first session management network element together with the second rule, or the first indication information is the second rule.
  • the second rule may be the PCC rule corresponding to the service when the AS uses the second method to send the service data. Unlike the first rule, which may include the third indication information, the second rule does not include the third indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first session management network element to create a unicast bearer according to the second rule.
  • the second rule is determined by the PCF according to the second description information.
  • the second description information is the corresponding service information when the service is sent by the second method, including the identification information of the service and the corresponding QoS parameters.
  • case 1 and case 2 are both based on the architecture shown in Figure 5, but there are differences between the two: in case 1, a second tunnel needs to be established between the AS and the first user plane network element, and in case 2, the AS and the first There is no need to establish a second tunnel between a user plane network element.
  • the first session management network element after receiving the first indication information, obtains service multicast QoS flow information from UDM or UDR or the second session management network element, according to the multicast QoS of the service
  • the flow information determines the unicast bearer of the sending service.
  • the first session management network element may obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service from the UDM or UDR or the second session management network element according to the multicast service identifier, and the multicast service identifier may be the AS or the core network device and the first indication
  • the information is sent to the first session management network element together, or the first indication information includes the multicast service identifier.
  • the QoS flow information of a service includes the information of one or more QoS flows of the service, and the information of one QoS flow includes the QFI of the QoS flow and the service identification information (for example, five-tuple or service identification, which is mapped to the QoS flow).
  • the destination address in the quintuple information is the multicast IP address of the service), the QoS parameters of the QoS flow (for example, the 5QI corresponding to the QoS flow, the maximum bandwidth requirement, etc.).
  • the first session management network element further receives eighth indication information from the second session management network element or UDM or UDR, where the eighth indication information indicates that the service needs to support service continuity during cross-system handover,
  • business continuity refers to ensuring that the data packets of the business are not lost and/or sent in order when the terminal device is moving. If the first session management network element receives the eighth indication information, it determines the unicast QoS flow corresponding to the service according to the information of the multicast QoS flow.
  • the first session management network element sends second instruction information to the first user plane network element according to the first instruction information, where the second instruction information is used to instruct to send the service data to the terminal device through the unicast bearer Bag.
  • the second indication information includes the third mapping relationship between the service identification information and the information of the first tunnel when the AS sends the service data in the second case.
  • the service identification information includes the IP address of the terminal device.
  • the first user plane network element receives the data packet of the service, it determines the information of the first tunnel through which the data packet is sent according to the service identification information of the data packet and the third mapping relationship.
  • each unicast bearer corresponds to information of a first tunnel
  • the information of the first tunnel is tunnel information of a downlink node
  • the downlink node is an SGW or an access network device (when the SGW is co-located with other network elements).
  • the second indication information includes the second mapping relationship between the service identification information and the information of the first tunnel when the AS sends the service data in the case 1, or the identifier QFI of the multicast QoS flow of the service and the first tunnel.
  • the first mapping relationship of information of a tunnel includes the second mapping relationship between the service identification information and the information of the first tunnel when the AS sends the service data in the case 1, or the identifier QFI of the multicast QoS flow of the service and the first tunnel.
  • the second indication information includes the second mapping relationship
  • the second indication information includes the first mapping relationship
  • the first mapping relationship is used by the first user plane network element according to the slave
  • the QFI in the data packet received by the UPF determines the information of the first tunnel used to send the data packet, that is, determines the unicast bearer corresponding to the data packet.
  • each unicast bearer corresponds to the information of a first tunnel
  • the information of the first tunnel is the tunnel information of the downlink node
  • the downlink node is the SGW or the access network equipment (when the SGW is co-located with other network elements).
  • the second indication information is also used to obtain the information of the second tunnel, and the information of the second tunnel is used for the first
  • the user plane network element receives the service data packet from the second user plane network element or the application server.
  • the first session management network element receives the information of the second tunnel from the first user plane network element, and connects the information of the second tunnel The information is sent to the second user plane network element or AS.
  • the second indication information also includes second tunnel information, so that the first user plane network element can receive from the second tunnel After the data packet, the first tunnel information used to send the data packet is determined according to the first mapping relationship.
  • the first session management unit also requests other nodes to create unicast bearers.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a message to SMF to create a unicast bearer.
  • SGW sends a message to MME, and MME sends a message to access.
  • the network device sends a message to create a unicast bearer. Since the above method is the same as the prior art, it will not be repeated in this embodiment.
  • PGW-C+SMF needs further Send the information of the second tunnel to the AS.
  • the PGW-C+SMF may carry the information of the second tunnel in the fifth notification message, and the fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the information of the second tunnel to send the data of the service.
  • the fifth notification message is also used to notify that a unicast bearer for sending service data has been established, and the AS may also send a sixth notification message to the terminal device according to the fifth notification message, and the sixth notification message is used for Notify the terminal device to use the unicast bearer to receive the data of the service.
  • the first session management network element sends the information of the second tunnel to the second user plane network element, Including, if the first session management network element is a session management network element that manages the second user plane network element, the first session management network element directly sends the information of the second tunnel to the second user plane network element; if the first session The management network element is not the session management network element that manages the second user plane network element, then the first session management network element sends the information of the second tunnel to the session management network element that manages the second user plane network element, and the second user plane network element is managed by the second tunnel management network element.
  • the session management network element of the user plane network element sends the information of the second tunnel to the second user plane network element.
  • the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the terminal device is switched to the second network.
  • the data of the service was switched from being sent to the terminal device via the MBMS bearer to being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer (that is, the EPS bearer).
  • the terminal device can be configured with an appropriate MBMS signal strength threshold. When the terminal device detects the MBMS signal When it is lower than the threshold, the terminal device sends the first report.
  • the first multicast service switching method During the switching process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, the first session management unit switches the data packet of the service from sending to the terminal device via a unicast bearer to passing the PDU The session is sent to the terminal device. After the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, and the data packet of the service is sent to The terminal switches to send to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  • the PDU session is a unicast path in the second network.
  • this method will first switch the data packets transmitted through the MBMS bearer from the MBMS bearer to the 4G network.
  • the unicast path is switched from the unicast path of the 4G network to the unicast path of the 5G network, and then from the unicast path of the 5G network to the multicast path of the 5G network, so as to ensure that the service of the terminal equipment is carried by the MBMS of the 4G network.
  • the continuity of the multicast service during the switching process from the transmission to the multicast session transmission through the 5G network for switching from the unicast path of the 4G network to the unicast path of the 5G network, please refer to the description of the 4G to 5G switching process in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • 5G multicast sessions include 5G multicast paths.
  • 5G multicast sessions can also include one or more QoS streams. Different QoS streams are used to send service data with different QoS requirements.
  • 5G multicast sessions can also include each QoS. Information such as QoS parameters corresponding to the flow is not limited.
  • the second multicast service switching method during the switching of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, and the data packets of the service pass through the The unicast bearer of the first network is sent to the terminal device and is switched to be sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  • the second switching method directly switches the data packet of the service from the unicast bearer of the first network to the multicast session of the second network by the first session management network element.
  • the unicast bearer of the network is switched to the unicast bearer of the second network, and then the unicast bearer of the second network is switched to the multicast session of the second network.
  • Both of the foregoing two switching methods can ensure the continuity of the multicast service during the switching process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network.
  • the first session management network element Before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, the first session management network element also needs to determine whether the service supports multicast transmission through the second network, and whether the terminal device supports grouping in the second network. broadcast. When the service supports multicast transmission through the second network, and the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session of the service in the second network .
  • the first session management network element can determine whether the service supports multicast transmission through the second network in the following manner: the first session management network element receives the third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports the multicast mode send. Further, the third indication information further includes the multicast service identifier of the service, or the third indication information is the multicast service identifier.
  • the foregoing first rule includes third indication information.
  • the PCF sends the first rule to the first session management network element.
  • the third indication information can be explicitly or implicitly indicated that the service supports multicast transmission of the second network. In the explicit way, the third indication information is a newly added indication in the PCC rules.
  • the PCF can be The PCC rule corresponding to each service adds an indication of whether to support multicast sending, or the PCF adds an indication of multicast sending to the PCC rule corresponding to the service supporting the multicast service.
  • the PCC rule also includes a multicast service identifier.
  • the multicast service identifier may be the temporary mobile group identity (TMGI) of the service or the multicast address used to identify the multicast service when the service is played in multicast in the second network.
  • TMGI temporary mobile group identity
  • the multicast service identifier can be used to indicate whether the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the service s multicast service identifier is included in the PCC rules of the service
  • the first session management network element determines that the service supports multicast transmission. .
  • the destination address of the service included in the PCC rule is a multicast address, it is determined that the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the third indication information may not be carried in the PCC rules, but directly sent by the AS to the PGW-C+SMF, and the AS may carry the third indication information in the service information and send it to the PGW-C+SMF
  • the service information may include service description information (for example, five-tuple information such as IP address, port number, and protocol number) and QoS requirement information (for example, bandwidth requirement, delay requirement, etc.).
  • the first indication information and the first rule may be carried in the same message and sent to the first session management network element, or the first rule may also be used as the first indication information, that is, the first rule Instructs to send a data packet of a service to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer.
  • the first indication information and the first rule are carried in different messages, and the first session management network element may receive the first rule before receiving the first indication information.
  • the first indication information includes identification information of the service, and the identification information of the service may be a multicast service identification corresponding to the service.
  • the first session management network element may obtain the first rule during the establishment of the PDN connection, or when it sends the data of the service to the terminal device in the unicast bearer mode of the first network for the first time. For example, at the above timing, the AS Send the service information to the PCF.
  • the service information includes the indication information used to indicate whether the service supports multicast transmission and the information when the service is sent in case 1 (the destination address of the data packet is the multicast address) Descriptive information, where the descriptive information includes identification information of at least one data service flow of the service in case one and its corresponding QoS requirement information, and the PCF generates the first rule according to the service information and sends it to the first session management network element.
  • the first session management network element may determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network in the following manner:
  • the first session management network element may receive the multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device during the process of establishing the PDN connection of the terminal device, where the multicast capability indication information is used to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network.
  • a session management network element determines, according to the multicast capability indication information, that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
  • the capability indication information is included in the session management capability information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can indicate whether the terminal device supports the multicast service through one or more bits of indication information.
  • the terminal device indicates whether the terminal device supports the multicast service through a bit of indication information. When the value of this bit is 1, it indicates that the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network. When the value is 0, it indicates that the terminal device does not support the multicast service in the second network.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device does not support the multicast service in the second network, the terminal device does not carry the multicast capability indication information during the process of establishing the PDN connection.
  • the first session management unit determines that the terminal device does not support the multicast service in the second network if the multicast capability indication information is not received, and if the multicast capability indication information is received , It is determined that the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network.
  • the multicast session may or may not have been established. If the multicast session is not established, the first session management network element triggers the establishment of the multicast session. For triggering the establishment of a multicast session by the first session management network element, reference may be made to the description of the prior art, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the first session management network element receives a request message sent by the AMF.
  • the request message is used to create or update a PDU session.
  • the first session management network element determines that the service sent via a unicast bearer supports multicast transmission.
  • the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network, the first session management network element instructs the target access network device in the second network to add the terminal device to the multicast session.
  • the request message is a session creation request message or an update session request message.
  • the request message may be an update session request message, and the request message indicates that the switching is complete, and the first session management network element indicates the target in the second network after receiving the request message
  • the access network device adds the terminal device to the multicast session, that is, the first session management network element instructs the target access network device in the second network to add the terminal device to the multicast session after the handover is completed.
  • the request message may be a session creation request message, and the request message may indicate handover preparation.
  • the first session management network element instructs the target access network device in the second network to set the terminal
  • the message for the device to join the multicast session is included in the HO request message and sent to the target access network device, that is, the first session management network element instructs the target access network device in the second network to set The terminal device joins the multicast session.
  • the handover request message includes seventh indication information.
  • the seventh indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the target access network device After receiving the handover request message, the target access network device will perform the The seventh indication information of the terminal device allocates wireless resources for receiving the data of the service through the multicast session, and encapsulates the wireless resources in a transparent container, and sends it to the source access network device in the first network.
  • the access network device sends the wireless resource to the terminal device so that the terminal device can receive service data from the target access network device according to the wireless resource.
  • PGW-C+SMF Taking the first session management network element as PGW-C+SMF, the first network is a 4G network, and the second network is a 5G network as an example, PGW-C+SMF also obtains the group when the service is sent by multicast in 5G Broadcast the parameters of the QoS flow, in the process of instructing the target access network device in the second network to join the terminal device to the multicast session, or instructing the target access network device in the second network to add the terminal device to the group Before the session is broadcast, the parameters of the multicast QoS flow are sent to the target access network device.
  • the first session management network element notifies the first user plane network element to stop sending data of the service to the terminal device through the PDU session.
  • the first session management network element sends a third notification message to the AS to notify the terminal device that the terminal device has switched to
  • the second network is, alternatively, used to notify the AS to use the multicast session to send the data of the service to the terminal device.
  • the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to start using the multicast session to receive service data.
  • the process of switching the data of the multicast service from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer is the same as the prior art, or the process of establishing the unicast bearer by the first session management network element is the same as the prior art.
  • the same, and the difference from the prior art is that when the first session management network element receives the indication information sent by the AMF indicating the handover preparation or handover completion, it sends a first notification message to the AS.
  • the first notification message is used to notify the support or the upcoming Support to send the service data to the terminal device in the second network multicast mode, or to notify the terminal device to switch to or about to switch to the second network, or to notify the AS using the method to send to the terminal device The data of the business.
  • the first session management network element receives sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when the second network is supported or will be supported.
  • the first notification message is sent to the AS.
  • the first session management network element sends the first notification message to the AS when the terminal device starts to switch to the second network or successfully switches to the second network according to the sixth indication information.
  • the sixth indication information may be sent to the first session management network element together with the first indication information.
  • the first session management network element receives the first message sent by the AS or the PCF, and the first message includes the first message.
  • One instruction information and the sixth instruction information are examples of the sixth instruction information.
  • the AS when the terminal device receives the data of the multicast service through the unicast bearer of the first network, the AS sends the data of the multicast service in the second way (that is, the destination address). Is the address of the terminal device). Therefore, in this manner, the first indication information is the second rule, and the third indication information is not included in the second rule.
  • the sixth indication information and the first indication information are sent together. It can be understood that the second rule includes the sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information may be a subscription request.
  • the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, which may be: the first session management network element receives the fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used for After instructing to add the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information.
  • the fifth indication information may be sent by the core network device or the terminal device to the first session management network element.
  • the AS may send a request message for adding the terminal device to the multicast session to the core network device, and the core network device sends the fifth indication information to the first session management network element according to the request message.
  • the AS sends a second notification message to the terminal device after receiving the first notification message, the second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the data of the service, and in response to the second notification message, the terminal device The first session management network element sends the fifth indication information.
  • the first session management network element Similar to the first or second multicast service switching method, the first session management network element also needs to determine whether the terminal device supports multicast in the second network. For details, please refer to the first or second multicast service switching Description of the method.
  • the method for the first session management network element to join the terminal device to the multicast session can be referred to the first or second multicast service switching method, which will not be repeated here.
  • the service before the terminal device switches to the second network, the service is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer of the first network. After switching to the second network, the service is sent to the terminal device. The service is switched to the unicast bearer of the second network and sent to the terminal device.
  • the first session management network element may delete the unicast resource corresponding to the service after adding the terminal device to the multicast session. The first session management network element may delete the corresponding unicast resource after receiving the instruction to delete the second rule.
  • the AS sends the delete second description information to the core network device after receiving the first notification message
  • the second description information is the service information when the AS sends the service data in the second case, including the identification information and QoS parameters of the service.
  • the core network device gives the first session when the request to delete the second description information is received
  • the management network element sends an instruction to delete the second rule, where the second rule is generated by the core network device according to the second description information.
  • the first session management network element when the signal in the multicast area where the terminal device located in the first network is located is weak, the first session management network element receives first indication information.
  • the terminal device sends a service data packet, and the first session management network element sends second indication information to the first user plane network element.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet is sent to the terminal device through a unicast bearer.
  • the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the first session management network element notifies the AS so that the AS directly notifies the core network device, or the AS notifies the first session management network element through the terminal device to add the terminal to the multicast session of the second network.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network is received through the multicast path of the second network after being switched to the second network. , And maintain business continuity.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 2 of this application.
  • Embodiment 1 describes the method from the side of the first session management network element, and this embodiment describes the method from the AS side, as shown in FIG. 7 ,
  • the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the AS receives a first report from a terminal device, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
  • the terminal device may send the first report when the signal of the current MBMS area is weak, or when the terminal device is about to or has moved from the MBMS area to the 5G network.
  • the terminal device is configured with an appropriate predetermined value, for example, when the signal quality of the MBMS detected by the terminal device is worse than the predetermined value.
  • the terminal device sends the first report to the AS.
  • the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area, and the MBMS area is the area in the first network.
  • the network can configure an appropriate predetermined value to ensure that the terminal device sends the first report to the AS before the cell handover from the first network to the second network occurs.
  • the AS determines, according to the first report, to send the data packet of the service to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  • the AS learns that the signal of the MBMS area where the terminal device is currently located is weak according to the first report, or the AS determines that the terminal device is about to or has moved out of the MBMS area according to the first report, it determines the unicast via the first network
  • the bearer sends service data packets to the terminal device.
  • the AS sends first indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the first indication information is used to instruct to send a data packet of the service to the terminal device through a unicast bearer.
  • the first session management network element may be PGW-C+SMF.
  • the AS may directly send the first indication information to PGW-C+SMF, or it may send the first indication information to the core network device, and the core network device sends the first indication information to the core network device.
  • An instruction message is sent to PGW-C+SMF, and the core network device can be PCF or NEF.
  • the AS further sends third indication information to the core network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the AS sends service data packets to the terminal device located in the first network through the unicast bearer of the first network, and there are two situations:
  • the service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is a multicast address.
  • Case 2 The service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is the IP address of the terminal device.
  • the first indication information may further include the first rule, or the first indication information is sent to the first session management network element together with the first rule, or the first indication information is the first rule.
  • the first rule may be the PCC rule corresponding to the service when the AS sends the service data in the case one mode.
  • the first rule is determined by the PCF according to the first description information.
  • the first description information is the corresponding service information when the service is sent in the case one mode, including service identification information and corresponding QoS parameters.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first session management network element to create a unicast bearer according to the first rule.
  • the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier.
  • the first rule may also include third indication information.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the third indication information may be a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the first rule also includes the multicast service identifier corresponding to the service, that is, the multicast service identifier exists independently of the first indication information and the third indication information.
  • the first indication information may further include the second rule, or the first indication information and the second rule are sent to the first session management network element together, and the first indication information of the latter is the second rule.
  • the second rule may be the PCC rule corresponding to the service when the AS sends the service data in the second case.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first session management network element to create a unicast bearer according to the second rule.
  • the second rule is determined by the PCF according to the second description information.
  • the second description information is the corresponding service information when the service is sent by the second method, including the identification information of the service and the corresponding QoS parameters.
  • the AS after receiving the first report, the AS sends a second message to the PCF or NEF.
  • the second message carries the first indication information.
  • the PCF or NEF carries the first indication information in the first message and sends it to the PGW- C+SMF.
  • the first rule is sent to the PCF, NEF, or PGW-C+SMF before sending the first instruction information.
  • the first indication information includes the multicast service identifier, or the second message carries the first indication information and the multicast service identifier.
  • the PCF or NEF carries the first indication information and the multicast service identifier in the first message and sends it to the PGW-C+SMF.
  • the AS sends a second message to the PCF or NEF.
  • the second message carries the first indication information and the first description information.
  • the PCF or NEF combines the first indication information and the first rule It is carried in the first message and sent to PGW-C+SMF.
  • the first rule may be used as the first indication information, that is, only the first rule may be included in the first message.
  • the first indication information includes the multicast service identifier, or the second message carries the first indication information, the multicast service identifier, and the first description information, or the multicast service identifier may be carried in the first description information middle.
  • the PCF or NEF carries the first indication information, the first rule, and the multicast service identifier in the first message and sends it to PGW-C+SMF, or the multicast service identifier is included in the first rule.
  • the first session management network element determines that the terminal device is ready to switch to the second network or the switch is completed, it sends a first notification message to the AS.
  • the first notification message is used to notify that it supports or will support the second network.
  • the multicast method sends the service data to the terminal device, or is used to notify the terminal device to switch to or is about to switch to the second network, or the method is used to notify the AS usage status to send the service data to the terminal device.
  • the AS receives the first notification message from the first session management network element, and the AS sends a request message to the core network device for adding the terminal device to the multicast session according to the first notification message, and the core network device sends the request message to the core network device according to the request message.
  • the first session management network element sends the fifth indication information
  • the AS may also send the fifth indication information to the core network device.
  • the AS sends a second notification message to the terminal device according to the first notification message. The second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the data of the service.
  • a session management network element sends fifth indication information.
  • the AS sends sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when it supports or is about to support sending service data to the terminal device in the multicast mode of the second network, or the terminal When the device switches to or is about to switch to the second network, the first notification message is sent to the AS.
  • the AS may send the first indication information and the sixth indication information to the core network device through the second message.
  • the AS receives a fifth notification message from the first session management network element, where the fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the unicast bearer of the first network to send data of the service.
  • the AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device according to the fifth notification message, where the sixth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the unicast bearer of the first network to receive the data of the service.
  • the AS receives the first report from the terminal device.
  • the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
  • the AS determines to send service data packets to the terminal device through the unicast bearer of the first network.
  • the parallel core network device and/or the first session management network element sends the first indication information indicating that the data packet of the service is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer of the first network.
  • the first session management network element establishes a unicast bearer of the first network for the terminal device, first switches the data packets of the service to the unicast bearer in the first network, and then switches from the unicast bearer to the second network In this way, it is ensured that when the terminal device switches from the first network to the second network, the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the MBMS bearer maintains service continuity during the switching process.
  • FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 3 of this application.
  • This embodiment takes the above-mentioned first multicast service switching method as an example.
  • the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer is first switched from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer in the 4G network.
  • PGW-C+SMF transfers the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer from 4G
  • the unicast bearer in the network is switched to the PDU session (that is, the unicast path in the 5G network).
  • PGW-C+SMF will join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session, that is, from 5G The unicast path in the network is switched to the 5G multicast path.
  • the AS can directly send the data to PGW-U+UPF, or the AS first sends the data to the UPF, and then sends the data to the PGW-U+UPF through the UPF.
  • the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the terminal equipment establishes a PDN connection in the 4G network. After the PDN connection is established, the terminal equipment can establish a signaling connection with the AS through the PDN connection.
  • the signaling path is: AS ⁇ ->PGW-U ⁇ ->eNB ⁇ -> UE and eNB are access network equipment in the 4G network.
  • the AS can notify the terminal device to receive service data (for example, media data) through the MBMS bearer.
  • the path for AS to send data to the terminal device through the MBMS bearer is: AS->BM-SC->MBMS GW->eNB->UE.
  • the process of establishing a PDN connection can refer to the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device supports 5G multicast capability, the terminal device carries 5G multicast capability indication information in the protocol configuration option (Protocol Configuration Option, PCO) of the PDN connection establishment request message.
  • PCO Protocol Configuration Option
  • the PGW-C selected by the MME for the PDN connection is PGW-C+SMF
  • the UPF selected by the PGW-C+SMF for the PDN connection is PGW-U+UPF.
  • the data between AS and terminal equipment is divided into two categories, one is signaling data stream, and the other is non-signaling data stream (such as voice or video or file data).
  • AS can determine which data streams are sent by MBMS bearer and which data are in Sent via unicast bearer. For example, the signaling data stream is sent through the unicast bearer, and the non-signaling data stream is sent through the MBMS bearer.
  • the AS can also decide to send part of the signaling data stream through the MBMS bearer and the other part of the signaling data stream through the unicast bearer. .
  • the AS can use the IP address (unicast address) of the terminal device to send these service data streams.
  • AS can use multicast IP addresses to send. It should be noted that the service data stream that may be sent through the MBMS bearer can also be sent through the unicast bearer when the UE moves out of the MBMS area. If the destination address of the service data packet sent on the MBMS bearer is a multicast IP address, after the service data packet is switched to be sent via the unicast bearer, the AS does not need to change the format of these data packets, that is, the destination IP address can still be used Use multicast IP address.
  • the AS may establish a policy session to a core network device (such as PCF/NEF), and the policy session is associated with the PDN connection.
  • the AS can send the description information of the service to the core network device through the policy session, so that the mobile network can allocate corresponding unicast bearer resources for the service.
  • the description information of the service sent to the core network includes identification information of the service (for example, five-tuple information such as IP address, port number, protocol number, etc.) and QoS requirement information (for example, bandwidth requirement, delay requirement, etc.).
  • the service may include at least one service data stream, and the description information of the service includes the description information of at least one service data stream.
  • the AS supports sending the service via multicast (5G multicast or MBMS multicast)
  • the AS includes third indication information in the description information of the service, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast sending .
  • the AS may send the description information of the service to the core network device in advance.
  • the AS indicates that the service is not currently sent through a unicast bearer (or is currently sent through an MBMS bearer).
  • This step can also create an interface between AS and PGW-U+UPF for services that support multicast transmission.
  • the interface can also be created in step S305.
  • the AS can send the processing requirements of the multicast service to the core network equipment.
  • the AS can request the core network to perform robust header compression (ROHC) or forward error correction (Forward Error Correction) on service data. , FEC) coding, etc.
  • the AS may include the above processing requirements in the information of the business.
  • the PCF can generate a PCC rule (first rule) according to the description information of the service sent by the AS and the aforementioned processing requirements, and send the PCC rule to the PGW-C+SMF corresponding to the PDN connection.
  • the PCF also sends the indication information to PGW-C+SMF, so that PGW-C+SMF learns that the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the PCF may carry third indication information in the PCC rule, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether multicast transmission is supported.
  • the AS sends the above processing requirement to the PCF
  • the PCF also sends the processing requirement to PGW-C+SMF.
  • the PCC rule carries the processing requirement.
  • the service information sent by the AS includes the multicast service identifier
  • the PCF sends the multicast service identifier to the PGW-C+SMF.
  • the PCC rule includes the multicast service identifier.
  • the service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is the group Broadcast address.
  • PGW-C+SMF informs PGW-U+UPF to establish the path. Specifically, for the second tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and AS, if the path is based on the MB2-U interface, then PGW-C+SMF can be allocated or PGW-C+SMF requests PGW-U+UPF to allocate MB2-U Interface information, MB2-U interface information includes the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number and IP address used to receive the service data.
  • UDP User Datagram Protocol
  • the UDP port number + IP address is used to identify the second tunnel between AS and PGW-U+UPF.
  • the service is transmitted between AS and PGW-U+UPF through the second tunnel.
  • the UDP port number + IP address can be It is created for the service, or it may be created for the service of the terminal device.
  • the data of the service on the PGW-U+UPF from the AS can be used to send to multiple terminal devices served by the PGW-U+UPF (ie AS and PGW -The second tunnel between U+UPF is a shared tunnel).
  • the tunnel is a dedicated tunnel for terminal equipment.
  • the path may also be based on other tunnel technologies, for example, a GTP-U tunnel.
  • the establishment of a GTP-U tunnel is similar to the above-mentioned tunnel, and will not be repeated in this embodiment.
  • PGW-C+SMF After PGW-C+SMF obtains the information of the second tunnel, PGW-C+SMF sends the information of the second tunnel to the AS, so that the AS sends the service data packet to the PGW through the second tunnel according to the information of the second tunnel -U+UPF.
  • the PGW-C+SMF may carry the information of the second tunnel in the fifth notification message or send it to the AS in other messages.
  • the fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the unicast bearer to send the data of the service.
  • the second tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and UPF needs to be established, for the second tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and UPF
  • the second tunnel is based on GTP-U
  • PGW-C+SMF can request PGW-U+SMF to allocate the tunnel information of the second tunnel, including the tunnel endpoint identifier (Tunnel Endpoint Identifier, TEID) and IP address, and send it to UPF, If the UPF is managed by another SMF, the PGW-C+SMF sends the information of the second tunnel to the SMF and the SMF sends it to the UPF.
  • TEID tunnel endpoint Identifier
  • the UPF maps the service data to the multicast QoS stream and sends it to the PGW-U+UPF through the second tunnel.
  • the SMF managing the UPF can determine at least one multicast QoS flow corresponding to the service according to the first rule of the service, including the QFI of the multicast QoS flow, the data flow of the service mapped to the multicast QoS flow, and the multicast QoS flow. QoS parameters of QoS flow, etc.
  • the terminal device sends a first report to the AS, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
  • step S301 the terminal device is located in the MBMS area of the service, and the terminal device receives the data of the service through the MBMS bearer. Then, when the terminal device moves out of the MBMS area, the first report is sent to the AS.
  • the network can configure an appropriate signal predetermined value to ensure that the terminal device sends the first report to the AS before the cell handover from the 4G network to the 5G network occurs, for example, when the terminal device detects that the MBMS signal quality is worse than the signal predetermined value , The terminal device sends the first report to the AS, and reports the event that the MBMS channel quality of the terminal device is worse than the predetermined value of the signal to the AS.
  • the AS sends a second message to the PCF, where the second message includes the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that a data packet of a service is sent to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer.
  • the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier.
  • the second message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier.
  • the service includes multiple service data streams.
  • all service data streams in the service are currently sent through the MBMS bearer.
  • part of the service data streams in the service currently pass The MBMS bearer is sent, and another part of the service data stream is currently sent through the unicast bearer.
  • the service of the terminal device is switched from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer, only the service data stream currently sent through the MBMS bearer is switched to the unicast bearer, and the service data stream currently sent through the unicast bearer is not Do processing.
  • the AS If the AS has established a policy session associated with the PDN connection (that is, the PDN connection established in S301), the AS sends the second message through the policy session.
  • the second message may also include the description information of the service data flow that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer. If the AS has already sent the description information of the service data stream that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer to the PCF/NEF in step S301, the second message may include the description information of the service data stream that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer. It may not include the description information of the service data flow that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer.
  • the description information of the service data stream that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer includes third indication information, and the third indication information indicates that these service data streams support multicast transmission (5G multicast or MBMS multicast).
  • the third indication information may be indicated in a display manner or an implicit manner, refer to the related description of Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second message also includes the processing requirements of the AS for these service data streams.
  • the AS may request the core network to perform header compression (ROHC) or forward redundancy coding (FEC) on the service data.
  • ROHC header compression
  • FEC forward redundancy coding
  • the PCF sends a first message to the PGW-C+SMF, where the first message includes the first indication information.
  • the first message includes the PCC rule (ie, the first rule) corresponding to the service data stream that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer to send, and the PCC rule includes the third indication information, and the PCC rule is the PCF according to the second message It is generated by including the description information of the service data flow that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer. Or, if PGW-C+SMF has obtained the PCC rules of these service data streams, the first message may only include the first indication information.
  • the first message also includes a multicast service identifier.
  • the AS may directly send the second message to PGW-C+SMF.
  • the first indication information included in the second message sent by the AS to the core network device is the same as the first indication information included in the first message sent by the core network device to the PGW-C+SMF.
  • the indication information has the same function and is used to instruct to send service data packets to the terminal device located in the first network through unicast bearer.
  • the names of the two in the first message and the second message can be different.
  • the indication information in the first message and the second message for instructing to send service data packets to the terminal device located in the first network through unicast bearer is collectively referred to as the first indication message for the convenience of description, but the indication The name of the information in the first message and the second message is not limited.
  • PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for services that support multicast transmission.
  • the establishment of unicast bearer for services that support multicast transmission includes:
  • PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for the service according to the first indication information.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends second indication information to PGW-U+UPF.
  • the broadcast bearer sends data packets to the terminal device.
  • PGW-U+UPF receives the second indication information.
  • the transmission path between PGW-U+UPF and AS has not been established, follow the steps in S301 to establish a second connection between PGW-U+UPF and AS. tunnel.
  • the related information of the second indication information refer to the description of the first embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second indication information includes the second mapping relationship .
  • the second mapping relationship is the mapping relationship between the service identification information and the information of the first tunnel when the AS sends the service data in the case 1, PGW-U+UPF can be received from the second tunnel or directly from the AS.
  • the data packet of the received service is matched with the second mapping relationship, and if the matching is successful, the data packet is sent through the matched first tunnel.
  • PGW-C+SMF can determine the bearer corresponding to each service data flow according to the PCC rules of the service, generate a second mapping relationship based on the identification information of the service data flow and the first tunnel information corresponding to the bearer, and send it to the PGW -U+UPF, so that PGW-U+UPF can determine the bearer tunnel corresponding to the received service data packet.
  • PGW-C+SMF can map the service data stream to a new bearer, that is, create a new bearer for the service data stream, or PGW-C+SMF can also
  • the data flow of the service can be mapped to the existing bearer, that is, the existing bearer can be modified to increase the data flow of the service.
  • PGW-C+SMF determines the first mapping relationship between the QFI of the multicast QoS flow and the first tunnel information, and sends the first mapping relationship to the PGW -U+UPF, so that PGW-U+UPF determines the first tunnel information of the corresponding unicast bearer according to the QFI of the data packet received from the second tunnel, so as to use the first tunnel to send the data packet, that is, the second indication
  • the information includes the first mapping relationship.
  • Establishing a unicast bearer also includes notifying the SGW, the base station in the first network, etc. to allocate tunnel information for the bearer, and allocating corresponding resources.
  • the SGW the base station in the first network
  • the base station in the first network etc. to allocate tunnel information for the bearer, and allocating corresponding resources.
  • PGW-C+SMF also determines that the service passes through the PDU session of the second network
  • the parameters of the corresponding unicast QoS flow when sending, for example, PGW-C+SMF can map one or more data flows of the service to a unicast QoS flow, and according to the service data mapped to the unicast QoS flow
  • the QoS parameters of the flow determine the QoS parameters of the unicast QoS flow, and send the parameters of the unicast QoS flow to the terminal device.
  • the parameters of the unicast QoS flow include the QFI of the unicast QoS flow.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a fifth notification message to the AS.
  • the fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the unicast bearer to send the data of the service, or to notify the AS that the network has switched or migrated the service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer.
  • the PGW-C+SMF includes the information of the second tunnel in the fifth notification message, so that the AS can follow the information of the second tunnel.
  • the information sends business data to PGW-U+UPF.
  • the AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
  • the AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
  • the sixth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the unicast bearer to receive the data of the service, or to notify the terminal device that the network has carried the MBMS
  • the service data stream transmitted on the uplink is switched or migrated to the unicast bearer.
  • steps S306 and S307 are optional steps, that is, after the PGW-C+SMF establishes the unicast bearer, the AS and the terminal device may not be notified. Or, PGW-C+SMF sends the fifth notification message to the AS, and the AS does not send the sixth notification message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network.
  • the cell handover process refers to the existing technology and will not be repeated here.
  • the service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer is switched from the unicast bearer of the 4G network to the unicast path of the 5G network.
  • the unicast path of the network is the PDU session, and the data is carried in the unicast QoS flow in the PDU session.
  • the data in the 5G network is transmitted through QoS streams.
  • QoS streams there are two types of QoS streams: unicast QoS streams and multicast QoS streams.
  • the service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer will be mapped to the unicast QoS stream.
  • a multicast QoS flow where the unicast QoS flow is the data carrier in the 5G unicast path, and the multicast QoS flow is the data carrier in the 5G multicast path.
  • the terminal device is added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the terminal device can be added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service. It is understandable that after the terminal device switches to the 5G network, the 5G multicast session may or may not be established. If the 5G multicast session is not established, PGW-C+SMF triggers the establishment of the 5G multicast session, PGW-C+ SMF triggers the establishment of a 5G multicast session, which can be referred to in the prior art, and details are not repeated here.
  • PGW-C+SMF determines whether the terminal device supports the 5G multicast service, and if the service supports multicast transmission, then PGW-C+SMF determines to add the terminal device to the corresponding service 5G multicast session.
  • the PGW-C+SMF can determine whether the terminal device supports the 5G multicast service according to the 5G multicast capability indication information of the terminal device received in step 301.
  • the PGW-C+SMF can determine whether the service supports multicast transmission according to the third indication information received from the PCF or AS in the foregoing step 301 or 304.
  • the PGW-C+SMF determines that the target base station supports 5G multicast capability before determining to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service, and the target base station is the base station that the terminal device accesses in the 5G network.
  • PGW-C+SMF can acquire the 5G multicast capability of the target base station.
  • PGW-C+SMF acquires the capability of the target base station from AMF (the target base station can send this capability when it supports 5G multicast services). To AMF).
  • the PGW-C+SMF acquires the 5G multicast capability of the target base station in the process of triggering the creation of the multicast session to the target base station (if the multicast session is successfully created, it means that the base station supports 5G multicast capability).
  • PGW-C+SMF may not acquire the 5G multicast capability of the target base station during the handover process, but when it is determined that the terminal device supports 5G multicast services and the service supports multicast transmission, Request the target base station to join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session. If the target base station supports 5G multicast services, it agrees to join. If the target base station does not support 5G multicast services, the join fails. PGW-C+SMF determines based on the join failure event. The target base station does not support 5G multicast services.
  • joining a terminal device to a 5G multicast session needs to be completed jointly by multiple network elements, for example, a base station gNB (that is, a target base station) and PGW-C+SMF in a 5G network are required.
  • PGW-C+SMF can notify the target base station to join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session after the 5G multicast session is established, or PGW-C+SMF can also notify the target base station to join the terminal during the establishment of the 5G multicast session
  • the device joins the 5G multicast session, that is, when sending the parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the service to the target base station, the target base station is notified to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session.
  • the target base station receives the request to join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session, it configures the terminal device with corresponding wireless resources to receive the service data corresponding to the 5G multicast session from the target base station.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS.
  • PGW-C+SMF after PGW-C+SMF joins the terminal device to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service, PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS, and the third notification message is used to notify the terminal device Switched to the second network, or used to notify the AS to start using the 5G multicast session to send the data of the service to the terminal device.
  • the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device.
  • the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the 5G multicast session to receive the data of the service.
  • PGW-C+SMF When PGW-C+SMF switches the service data stream of the service to be sent through a 5G multicast session, PGW-C+SMF can delete the radio resources of the unicast QoS stream previously allocated for the service data stream.
  • PGW-C+SMF can retain the context of unicast QoS flows, but PGW-C+SMF requests the gNB to delete the radio resources of these unicast QoS flows to save gNB resources.
  • PGW-C+SMF also informs PGW-U+UPF to stop sending to the terminal device those service data streams that have been migrated to be sent through the 5G multicast session.
  • FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 4 of this application.
  • the method in this embodiment can be executed before step S308 in Embodiment 3.
  • the method provided in this embodiment is It includes the following steps:
  • step S301 For the specific implementation of this step, refer to the description of step S301 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the PDN connection is used to send signaling between the terminal equipment and the AS.
  • S402 The data of the multicast service is transmitted through the unicast bearer.
  • the multicast service is transmitted through the MBMS bearer.
  • the multicast service is transmitted through the unicast bearer.
  • the unicast bearer For the establishment of the unicast bearer, refer to the steps S301-S307 in the third embodiment. Description, that is, when the terminal device moves out of the MBMS area, the data of these multicast services is migrated to be sent through the unicast bearer.
  • the terminal device sends a second report to the AS, where the second report is used to notify the AS that the terminal device can receive service data through the MBMS bearer.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device moves from the non-MBMS area into the MBMS area, the terminal device detects the MBMS signal and detects that the data corresponding to the service is being sent through the MBMS bearer (the base station will use the TMGI corresponding to the service), the terminal device sends a second report to AS, the AS learns according to the second report that the multicast service data stream of the service can be sent to the terminal device through the MBMS bearer.
  • the AS sends fourth indication information to the PCF.
  • the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer, or to instruct the terminal device to receive the data of the service through the MBMS bearer, or to instruct the core network element to delete the corresponding multicast service Unicast bearer resources.
  • the fourth indication information includes description information of service data streams (that is, multicast service data streams) that need to be deleted from the unicast bearer, so that the PCF deletes the unicast bearer resources corresponding to these service data streams.
  • the fourth indication information does not include the description information of the service data stream that needs to be deleted, but only includes the identification information of the service.
  • the PCF corresponds to the service data stream supporting the multicast mode in the service according to the identification information of the service.
  • the bearer resource is deleted. It should be understood that the AS indicates which service data streams support the multicast mode in step 402, and the PCF can determine which service data streams corresponding unicast bearer resources need to be deleted according to the instructions in step 402.
  • the PCF sends the fourth indication information to PGW-C+SMF.
  • the PCF informs PGW-C+SMF to delete the PCC rules corresponding to these service data streams through the fourth instruction information; for the latter implementation, the PCF only informs PGW-C+ through the fourth instruction information
  • the SMF deletes the unicast bearer resources of the service data stream supporting the multicast mode, and the PCC rules are retained.
  • the sent instruction information used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer is called the fourth instruction information.
  • the name of the instruction information sent in different messages or between different network elements may be different.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the indication information in different messages or the names sent between different network elements.
  • the PGW-C+SMF deletes the unicast bearer resource created in the foregoing steps.
  • the PGW-C+SMF notifies the SGW, MME, and eNB to delete the resource corresponding to the unicast bearer.
  • PGW-C+SMF also notifies PGW-U+UPF to stop sending data of the multicast service through the unicast bearer, for example, notifies PGW-U+UPF to delete the first mapping relationship or the second mapping relationship.
  • PGW-C+SMF deletes the corresponding PCC rule.
  • PGW-C+SMF still retains the corresponding PCC rules.
  • the AS sends a seventh notification message to the terminal device.
  • step S407 is executed after step S406.
  • step S407 may be executed before step S404.
  • FIG. 10 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 5 of this application.
  • the difference from Embodiment 3 is that this embodiment uses the above-mentioned second type Take the multicast service switching method as an example to illustrate, that is, the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer is first switched from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer in the 4G network.
  • PGW-C+ SMF switches the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer from the unicast bearer in the 4G network to the 5G multicast session, that is, there is no need to switch from the unicast bearer in the 4G network to the unicast bearer in the 5G network, thus omitting the 5G network.
  • Establishment of unicast QoS flow As shown in Figure 10, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends a first report to the AS, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
  • the AS sends a second message to the PCF, where the second message includes the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that a service data packet is sent to the terminal device via a unicast bearer.
  • the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier, or the second message includes the first indication information and multicast Business identity.
  • the PCF sends a first message to PGW-C+SMF, where the first message includes first indication information.
  • the instruction information used to instruct to send the data of the service through the unicast bearer is called the first instruction information.
  • the name of the instruction information sent in different messages or between different network elements may be different.
  • This application The embodiment does not limit the names of the indication information in different messages or the names sent between different network elements.
  • Other instructions in this application specification are also similar, and are explained here in a unified manner.
  • the first message also includes a multicast service identifier.
  • PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for services that support multicast transmission.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a fifth notification message to the AS.
  • the AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
  • steps 501-507 For the specific implementation of steps 501-507, refer to the description of steps S301-S307 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here. In addition to the description of S301-S307, this embodiment also includes:
  • PGW-C+SMF also obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service, and sends the parameters of the multicast QoS flow to the terminal device, where the parameters of the multicast QoS flow include each The QFI of the multicast QoS stream, and optional QoS parameters, etc.
  • Sending the parameters of the multicast QoS stream to the terminal device is used to receive service data according to the parameters of the multicast QoS stream after the terminal is added to the multicast session of the second network.
  • S508 The eNB sends a first handover request to the MME.
  • the eNB is a base station in the 4G network, also referred to as the source base station, and the first handover request is used to request handover to the target base station in the 5G network, that is, the gNB.
  • the MME sends a first handover request to the AMF.
  • the MME may forward the first handover request to the AMF through a Forward Relocation Request (Forward Relocation Request) message.
  • Forward Relocation Request Forward Relocation Request
  • the AMF sends a create session request (Create SM Context Request) to the PGW-C+SMF.
  • the create session request message is used to trigger the creation of the 5G multicast session of the service.
  • PGW-C+SMF determines according to the context of the session
  • the PDN connection includes support for services sent through 5G multicast. For example, if the PCC rule of the service associated with the PDN connection includes the third indication information, the service supports 5G multicast transmission. It should be understood that the service data streams that support multicast transmission on the PDN connection may correspond to different 5G multicast sessions. PGW-C+SMF determines whether these service data streams belong to the same 5G group according to the PCC rules corresponding to these service data streams. Broadcast session.
  • the establishment of a 5G multicast session refers to related descriptions in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the establishment of a 5G multicast session includes: sending the parameters of the multicast QoS stream to the target base station, so that the target base station creates a corresponding context, and establishes the first tunnel from the UPF (the UPF can be PGW-U+UPF) to the target base station, The first tunnel is used for UPF to send multicast service data.
  • the PGW-C+SMF sends a session creation request response to the AMF.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a session creation request response to AMF.
  • the session creation request response includes a message sent to the target base station in the 5G network, and the message sent to the target base station includes the seventh Indication information, the seventh indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service, that is, the 5G multicast session.
  • the session creation request response further includes parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the 5G multicast session sent to the target base station.
  • the parameters of the multicast QoS stream may also be sent in step S511, that is, during the establishment of the 5G multicast session, the PGW-C+SMF sends the parameters of the multicast QoS stream to the target base station.
  • the AMF sends a second handover request to the gNB.
  • gNB is the target base station.
  • AMF carries the seventh indication information received from PGW-C+SMF in the second handover request and sends it to gNB. If the session creation request response includes the parameters of the multicast QoS flow, the second handover request Include the parameters of the multicast QoS flow.
  • the gNB allocates wireless resources for the multicast QoS flow according to the seventh indication information and the parameters of the multicast QoS flow.
  • the gNB sends a second handover request response to the AMF.
  • the second handover request response includes a transparent container, and the transparent container includes configuration information of the wireless resource of the multicast QoS flow allocated by the gNB for the terminal device to join the 5G multicast session.
  • the AMF sends the second handover request response to the eNB through the MME.
  • the eNB sends a handover command to the terminal device.
  • the eNB obtains the configuration information of the wireless resources allocated by the gNB for the multicast QoS flow of the terminal device from the transparent container, carries the configuration information of the wireless resource allocated by the multicast QoS flow in the handover command and sends it to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is configured according to the configuration information of the wireless resource allocated by the multicast QoS flow, and accesses the gNB. After the configuration is completed, the data of the multicast service can be transmitted through the 5G multicast session.
  • the target base station sends the wireless resource configuration information of the multicast QoS stream to the terminal device through the source base station.
  • the subsequent handover process includes that after the terminal device accesses the gNB, the gNB sends a notification to the AMF, and the AMF notifies the PGW-C+SMF switching path. This embodiment does not modify the subsequent handover process compared to the prior art.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS.
  • the AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
  • the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer in this embodiment is directly switched from the unicast bearer in the 4G network to the 5G multicast session, that is, there is no need to switch from the unicast bearer in the 4G network to the single in the 5G network first. And then switch from the unicast bearer in the 5G network to the 5G multicast session, thereby omitting the establishment of the unicast QoS flow in the 5G network, and shortening the time to switch the multicast service from the MBMS bearer to the 5G multicast session .
  • FIG. 11 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 6 of this application.
  • the difference from Embodiment 3 is that this embodiment uses the third method mentioned above. Take the multicast service switching method as an example for description. As shown in FIG. 11, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends a first report to the AS, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
  • the AS sends a second message to the PCF, where the second message includes the first indication information and the sixth indication information.
  • the PCF sends a first message to the PGW-C+SMF, where the first message includes the first indication information and the sixth indication information.
  • PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for services that support multicast transmission.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a fifth notification message to the AS.
  • the AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
  • Steps 501-507 are basically similar to steps S301-S307 in the third embodiment.
  • the description information of the service sent by the AS is the second description information when it is sent in the second case above.
  • the first One indication information includes the second rule
  • the second rule is determined by the PCF according to the second description information
  • the second rule does not include the third indication information.
  • the description information of the service sent by the AS is the first description information when it is sent in the above case 1.
  • the first indication information includes the first rule
  • the first rule is that the PCF according to the first description information It is determined that the third instruction information is included in the first rule.
  • the first message and the second message include the sixth indication information.
  • the first message and the second message sent by the AS do not include the sixth indication information.
  • S608 The terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends the first notification message to the AS.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device has successfully switched from the 4G network to the 5G network (that is, when the PGW-C+SMF is in the capital switching completion instruction information), and determines that the terminal device supports the 5G group When broadcasting the service, the first notification message is sent to the AS.
  • the first notification message is used to notify that it supports or will support the use of multicast to send the data of the service to the terminal device, or is used to notify the terminal device to switch to the 5G network , Or, a method used to notify the AS of the usage status to send the data of the service to the terminal device.
  • PGW-C+SMF may also send the first notification message to the AS when the terminal device is ready for handover, that is, PGW-C+SMF sends the first notification message when receiving the handover preparation instruction information .
  • PGW-C+SMF can also send the first notification message at other times after receiving the handover preparation, which is not limited.
  • the AS sends a request message for adding the terminal device to the multicast session to the PCF.
  • the AS determines to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session according to the first notification message, and notifies the core network device to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session.
  • the PCF sends fifth indication information to PGW-C+SMF.
  • the PCF adds the terminal device to the 5G multicast session according to the AS instruction, and sends fifth instruction information to PGW-C+SMF to instruct the PGW-C+SMF to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session.
  • step S612 For the specific implementation of step S612, refer to the description of step S309 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS.
  • the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device.
  • Steps S613 and S614 are optional steps.
  • steps S613-615 For the specific implementation of steps S613-615, refer to the related description of steps S310-S312 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the AS may also send a second notification message to the terminal device to notify the terminal device to use the 5G multicast session to receive data, and the terminal device sends the PGW-C to the PGW-C according to the second notification message.
  • +SMF is sent to the fifth instruction message.
  • FIG. 12 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 7 of this application.
  • This embodiment takes the above-mentioned first multicast service switching method as an example.
  • the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer is first switched from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer in the 4G network.
  • PGW-C+SMF transfers the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer from 4G
  • the unicast bearer in the network is switched to the PDU session (that is, the unicast path in the 5G network).
  • PGW-C+SMF will join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session, that is, from 5G The unicast path in the network is switched to the 5G multicast path.
  • the AS first sends the data to the UPF, and then sends the data to the PGW-U+UPF through the UPF.
  • the AS sends the multicast service information of the service to the core network device, where the multicast service information includes service description information when the service is sent in a multicast manner, such as quintuple information.
  • the destination IP address in the service description information in the multicast service information of the service is the multicast IP address used when the service is sent in a multicast manner.
  • the multicast service information also includes the QoS requirement information of the service, for example, the bandwidth requirement when the service is sent in the multicast mode.
  • the core network equipment refers to PCF or NEF.
  • NEF receives the multicast service information of the service and saves it in the UDR, and the UDR sends the multicast service information of the service to the PCF.
  • the PCF determines the multicast PCC rule of the service according to the multicast service information of the service and sends it to the second SMF.
  • the second SMF can determine the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service information of the service.
  • the information includes the multicast service identifier. For the specific determination process, please refer to the prior art and will not be repeated.
  • the multicast service information of the service further includes eighth indication information, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the service supports service continuity when switching across systems.
  • the multicast service information includes the eighth indication information
  • the PCF sends the eighth indication information to the second SMF to indicate that the service needs to support service continuity during cross-system handover.
  • the instruction information received by the PCF and the instruction information sent by the PCF to the second SMF are both called the eighth instruction information.
  • different names can also be used, but both are used to indicate the service. Need to support business continuity.
  • business continuity refers to ensuring that the data packets of the business are not lost and/or sent in order when the terminal device is moving.
  • the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends a first report to the AS, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
  • the AS sends a second message to the PCF, where the second message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier.
  • the multicast service identifier may be TMGI or other identification information, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that a data packet of a service is sent to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer.
  • the multicast service identifier may also be included in the first instruction information and sent to the PCF.
  • the PCF sends a first message to the PGW-C+SMF, where the first message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier.
  • the multicast service identifier may also be included in the first indication information and sent to PGW-C+SMF.
  • Both the first message and the second message carry the first indication information.
  • different message names can be used, but their functions are both used to indicate that the service data is sent to the terminal device through a unicast bearer. For ease of description, they are all referred to as first indication information in this embodiment.
  • the PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  • the PGW-C+SMF can obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  • PGW-C+SMF can request the multicast QoS flow information of the service from the second SMF according to the multicast service identifier, and the second SMF can obtain the multicast service information according to the multicast service identifier, and determine the multicast of the service according to the multicast service information
  • the specific determination process of the QoS flow information please refer to the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the multicast QoS flow information of the service includes the information of one or more QoS flows of the service, and the information of one QoS flow includes the QFI of the QoS flow and the service identification information (for example, five-tuple or service Identification, where the destination address in the 5-tuple information is the multicast IP address of the service), the QoS parameters of the QoS flow (for example, the 5QI corresponding to the QoS flow, the maximum bandwidth requirement, etc.).
  • the service identification information for example, five-tuple or service Identification, where the destination address in the 5-tuple information is the multicast IP address of the service
  • the QoS parameters of the QoS flow for example, the 5QI corresponding to the QoS flow, the maximum bandwidth requirement, etc.
  • PGW-C+SMF can obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service from UDM/UDR. Specifically, PGW-C+SMF sends the multicast service identifier to UDM/UDR so that UDM/UDR The UDR obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  • the multicast QoS flow information of the service stored in the UDM/UDR may be stored in the UDM/UDR by the second SMF.
  • the second SMF obtains the information of the service from the PCF, for example, the PCC rules of the service, and according to The PCC rule of the service obtained from the PCF determines the multicast QoS flow information of the service.
  • the second SMF is the multicast QoS flow information of the service and the multicast service identifier of the service, The identification information of the second SMF is saved to UDM/UDR together.
  • PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service from the second SMF.
  • PGW-C+SMF receives the first message
  • PGW-C+SMF sends the multicast service identifier to the second SMF
  • the second SMF sends the multicast QoS flow information of the service to PGW- according to the multicast service identifier.
  • C+SMF The PGW-C+SMF can obtain the information of the second SMF corresponding to the service from the UDM/UDR according to the multicast service identifier, so as to obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service from the second SMF.
  • the second SMF or UDM/UDR sends eighth indication information to PGW-C+SMF to indicate that the service needs to support service continuity.
  • the PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for the service according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service.
  • the PGW-C+SMF determines the unicast bearer for sending the data packet of the service according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service, and the unicast bearer may be an EPS bearer.
  • PGW-C+SMF can map one or more multicast QoS streams to one EPS bearer.
  • PGW-C+SMF can map the multicast QoS flow of the service to an existing EPS bearer, and it can also map the multicast QoS flow of the service to a new EPS bearer.
  • PGW-C+SMF can map part of the multicast QoS flow to the existing bearer, and part of the multicast QoS flow to the new bearer; or, PGW-C+SMF can map all the multicast QoS flows to the existing bearer; or PGW-C+SMF maps all multicast QoS flows to the new bearer, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • PGW-C+SMF receives the eighth indication information, that is, the service supports service continuity, in order for the service to switch from unicast bearer transmission through the first network to PDU through the second network Session transmission.
  • PGW-C+SMF also determines the parameters of the corresponding unicast QoS flow when the service is sent through the PDU session of the second network.
  • PGW-C+SMF can be used for one or more A multicast QoS flow is mapped to a unicast QoS flow, and the QoS parameters of the unicast QoS flow are determined according to the QoS parameters of the service data flow mapped to the unicast QoS flow. If there is no need to send the unicast QoS flow information to the terminal device, the process of determining the unicast QoS flow can also be performed during the handover, that is, step S711, which is not limited.
  • establishing a unicast bearer for the service includes modifying the bearer (if the multicast QoS flow of the service is mapped to an existing bearer) and/or creating a bearer (if the multicast QoS flow of the service is mapped to a new bearer).
  • PGW-C+SMF informs the SGW to modify the bearer (if the multicast QoS flow of the service is mapped to the existing bearer) and/or create a bearer (if the multicast QoS of the service is mapped) In the new bearer), for details, please refer to the prior art, which will not be repeated in this embodiment.
  • PGW-C+SMF obtains the first tunnel information of one or more EPS bearers corresponding to the service.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends the EPS bearer information corresponding to the service, including the bearer identifier, and the unicast QoS flow (including QFI) corresponding to the service to Terminal Equipment.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends second indication information to PGW-U+UPF.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that data packets are sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  • the first mapping relationship is determined.
  • the first mapping relationship is the QFI and the first mapping relationship of the multicast QoS flow of the service.
  • the mapping relationship of the information of a tunnel is the tunnel information of the downlink node, the downlink node is the SGW or the access network equipment (when the SGW is co-located with other network elements), and each unicast bearer corresponds to a first tunnel.
  • the second indication information includes the first mapping relationship, used for PGW-U+UPF to determine the QFI of the data received from the second tunnel (the second tunnel is the tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and UPF) according to the first mapping relationship
  • the corresponding unicast unicast bears the corresponding first tunnel information.
  • PGW-C+SMF requests PGW-U+UPF to allocate tunnel information of the second tunnel.
  • PGW-U+UPF allocates the tunnel information of the second tunnel and sends it to PGW-C+SMF.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends second tunnel information to the second SMF.
  • the second SMF sends the second tunnel information to the UPF.
  • the UPF uses the second tunnel information to send the data packet of the service to the GW-U+UPF.
  • the second SMF sends a response message to PGW-C+SMF.
  • the AS can send service data through the unicast bearer.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a fifth notification message to the AS, and the fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the unicast bearer to send the service
  • the data is used to notify the AS network that the service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer has been switched or migrated to the unicast bearer.
  • the AS in response to the fifth notification message, sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
  • the sixth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the unicast bearer to receive the data of the service, or to notify the terminal device network
  • the service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer has been switched or migrated to the unicast bearer.
  • the terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network.
  • the bearer corresponding to the service is switched to the 5G network only when the service supports service continuity.
  • this step refer to the description of step S308 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device can also be added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service during the process of switching the terminal device from the 4G network to the 5G network, that is, steps S711-S712 are replaced with steps S508-S517.
  • the terminal device is added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • step S310 for the specific implementation of this step, refer to the description of step S310 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • step S713 For the specific implementation of step S713, refer to the description of step S312 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS, where the third notification message is used to notify the terminal device that it has switched to the 5G network, or to notify the AS to start using the 5G multicast session Send the data of the service to the terminal device.
  • the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the 5G multicast session to receive the data of the service.
  • FIG. 13 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 8 of this application.
  • the difference between this embodiment and Embodiment 7 is: in this embodiment, The data transmitted by the MBMS bearer does not switch from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer of the 4G network, but directly during the handover process of the terminal device from the 4G network to the 5G network.
  • PGW-C+SMF creates a corresponding order for the service on the 5G network. After the terminal is switched to the 5G network, it can be sent through the unicast QoS stream.
  • the method of this embodiment may include the following steps:
  • step S801 For the specific implementation of S801, refer to the description of step S301 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast service identifier of the service.
  • the terminal device sends a message to PGW-C+SMF through a PDN connection, and the message includes a multicast service identifier.
  • the terminal device sends an IGMP Join, and the PGW-C+SMF receives an IGMP Join message (the message passes through PGW-U+UPF is sent to PGW-C+SMF),
  • IGMP Join includes multicast address information when the service is sent in multicast mode, and the multicast address information can be used to identify the service (that is, as a multicast service identifier) .
  • the multicast service identifier of the service can include a variety of different identifiers, for example, multicast address information (for example, used to identify the service in an IGMP message), TMGI (for 4G MBMS identification of the service), Or 5G multicast service identifier (used to identify the service in the 5G network).
  • the terminal device can send a multicast service identifier to PGW-C+SMF when it is determined that the service needs to be received. Further, the terminal device can send a multicast service identifier to PGW-C+SMF when it is determined that the service needs to support continuity. Multicast service identifier.
  • the terminal device sends the identifier of the multicast service through the PDN connection, so that PGW-C+SMF associates the service with the PDN connection, so that when the terminal device switches to the second network, the PGW-C+SMF can associate the service with the PDN connection.
  • the PDU session corresponding to the PDN connection is associated, so that the terminal device can be added to the multicast session of the second network through the PDU session.
  • PGW-C+SMF receives the multicast service identifier from the AS.
  • the AS sends the service to the core network device
  • the PCF sends the multicast service identifier to PGW-C+SMF.
  • the AS sends the signaling description information of the application to the core network device
  • it sends the multicast service identifier of the service to the core network device
  • the core network device (for example, PCF) sends the multicast service when sending the PCC rule corresponding to the signaling.
  • the service identification is sent to PGW-C+SMF.
  • the AS can send the multicast service identifier to the core network device when the service needs to support continuity.
  • the AS may send the multicast service identifier of the service to the PGW-C+SMF after receiving the message requesting to receive the service sent by the terminal device.
  • the PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  • the PGW-C+SMF After the PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast service identifier, it obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier, and saves the multicast QoS flow information. Refer to the description of step S705 for the specific obtaining method, which will not be repeated here.
  • PGW-C+SMF can determine whether the terminal device is currently connected through the first network (for example, PGW-C+SMF can sense the interface with the downlink node The type is S5 interface or S8 interface, so it is judged that the terminal device is connected through the first network), if PGW-C+SMF judges that the terminal device is connected through the first network, PGW-C+SMF only obtains the multicast QoS flow of the service Information, do not establish a unicast bearer for this service.
  • PGW-C+SMF can determine whether the terminal device is currently connected through the first network (for example, PGW-C+SMF can sense the interface with the downlink node The type is S5 interface or S8 interface, so it is judged that the terminal device is connected through the first network), if PGW-C+SMF judges that the terminal device is connected through the first network, PGW-C+SMF only obtains the multicast QoS flow of the service Information, do not establish a unicast bearer for this service.
  • the terminal device switches from the 4G network to the 5G network, and creates a unicast QoS flow in the 5G network according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service during the switching process.
  • the bearer corresponding to the service is switched to the 5G network only when the service supports service continuity.
  • this step refer to the description of step S308 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • PGW-C+SMF determines to pass according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service
  • the corresponding unicast QoS flow information when the PDU session of the second network is sent.
  • the PDU session sends the service.
  • PGW-C+SMF may not establish a unicast QoS flow when the terminal device switches from a 4G network to a 5G network. Instead, the terminal device switches from a 4G network. In the process of reaching the 5G network, the terminal device directly joins the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service, that is, the service is directly switched from the MBMS bearer transmission to the 5G multicast session, without the need for 4G unicast bearer and 5G unicast QoS flow in the middle. And to ensure that the multicast service of the terminal equipment maintains the continuity of the service during the cell handover.
  • step S310 for the specific implementation of this step, refer to the description of step S310 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device can also be added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service when the terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network, that is, steps S804-S805 are replaced with steps S508-S517.
  • step S806 refer to the description of step S312 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS, where the third notification message is used to notify the terminal device that it has switched to the 5G network, or used to notify the AS to start using the 5G multicast session Send the data of the service to the terminal device.
  • the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the 5G multicast session to receive the data of the service.
  • PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast service identifier of the service received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network (for example, 4G network) in advance, and obtains the multicast QoS of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  • Flow information in the process of the terminal device switching from the first network to the second network (for example, 5G network), the unicast QoS flow information is established in the second network according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service, and the unicast QoS flow is established Later, the service can be sent to the terminal device through the unicast QoS flow, and subsequently when the terminal device switches to the second network, the terminal device is added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the method first switches the service from MBMS transmission to 5G unicast QoS streaming transmission, and then switches from 5G unicast QoS streaming transmission to 5G multicast session transmission, thereby ensuring that the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network.
  • the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network maintains service continuity during the switching process.
  • the method of the fourth embodiment can not only be combined with the third embodiment, but also can be combined with the fifth embodiment, the sixth embodiment, the seventh embodiment or the eighth embodiment, that is, the method of the fourth embodiment can be combined with the fifth embodiment.
  • the method in the fourth embodiment is executed before the step S608 in the sixth embodiment, or the method in the fourth embodiment is executed before the step S711 in the seventh embodiment, or the method in the fourth embodiment is executed before the step S711 in the seventh embodiment. Executed before 804 in the Eighth Middle School.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a first session management network element according to Embodiment 9 of this application. As shown in FIG. 14, the first session management network element 100 includes:
  • the receiving module 11 is configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that a data packet of a service is sent to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer.
  • the sending module 12 is configured to send second instruction information to a first user plane network element, where the second instruction information is used to instruct to send the data packet to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  • the joining module 13 is configured to join the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service when the terminal device accesses through the second network.
  • the first session management network element 100 further includes: an obtaining module, configured to obtain multicast quality of service QoS flow information of the service; and a first determining module, configured to obtain multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the Determine the unicast bearer for sending the data packet of the service.
  • the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to: receive a first message, where the first message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier of the service; the acquiring module is specifically configured to: The multicast service identifier obtains multicast QoS flow information of the service.
  • the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier of the service
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  • the first determining module is further configured to: if the first session management network element receives eighth indication information, the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity, according to the group The information of the broadcast QoS flow determines the unicast QoS flow corresponding to the service.
  • the joining module 13 is specifically configured to: during the handover process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, transfer the data packets of the service from passing through the single network.
  • the broadcast bearer is sent to the terminal device to be sent to the terminal device via a protocol data unit PDU session.
  • the terminal device is added to the terminal device.
  • the data packet of the service is switched from being sent to the terminal through the PDU session to being sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  • the sending module 12 is further configured to: notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service to the terminal device through the PDU session data.
  • the joining module 12 is specifically configured to: join the terminal device to the multicast session during the handover process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network
  • the data packet of the service is switched from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to being sent to the terminal device via the multicast session.
  • a second determining module configured to determine that the service supports multicast through the second network before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session Way to send.
  • the second determining module is specifically configured to: receive a first rule corresponding to the service, the first rule is used for control, policy, or charging, and the first rule includes third indication information The third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
  • the first rule further includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the first indication information and the first rule are carried in the same message, or the first session management network element receives the first indication information before receiving the first indication information.
  • One rule is
  • it further includes a third determining module, configured to determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device passes all The target access network device accesses the second network.
  • a third determining module configured to determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device passes all The target access network device accesses the second network.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to: in the process of establishing a packet data network PDN connection by the terminal device, receive multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device, and the multicast capability indication information is used for In order to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network, it is determined according to the multicast capability indication information that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
  • an establishment module configured to trigger the establishment of the multicast session when the multicast session corresponding to the service has not been established.
  • the joining module 13 is specifically configured to: receive a request message sent by the access and mobility management function AMF, where the request message is used to create or update a PDU session, and the PDU session is connected to the Service association, determining that the service sent through the unicast bearer supports multicast transmission, and the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network, indicating the target access network in the second network The device joins the terminal device to the multicast session.
  • the receiving module 11 is further configured to: receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop passing through the The unicast bearer sends the data of the service.
  • the sending module 12 is further configured to notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data through the unicast bearer according to the fourth instruction information.
  • the second indication information includes a first mapping relationship between the information of the first tunnel and the identifier QFI of the multicast quality of service QoS flow of the service, and the first tunnel is the unicast Bears the corresponding tunnel, the QFI is the QFI of the service data packet received by the first user plane network element, and the first mapping relationship is used by the first user plane network element to determine to send the service The first tunnel of the packet.
  • the receiving module 11 is further configured to: after the sending module sends the second indication information to the first user plane network element, receive the second tunnel information from the first user plane network element, and the first user plane network element A user plane network element receives the data packet of the service from a second user plane network element or an application server through the second tunnel.
  • the sending module 12 is further configured to send the second tunnel information to the second user plane network element or the application server.
  • the second indication information includes the multicast address
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the first user plane network element to set the destination address as the data of the multicast address
  • the packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  • the sending module 12 is further configured to: send a first notification message to the AS, and the first notification message is used to notify the AS Support the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device.
  • the joining module 13 is specifically configured to: receive fifth instruction information, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service, and according to the fifth instruction information, Adding the terminal to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the receiving module 11 is further configured to: receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when the multicast mode is supported When the terminal device sends service data, the first notification message is sent to the AS.
  • the first message including the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in the first message.
  • the determining module determines that the terminal device is in the second Multicast is supported in the network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device accesses the second network through the target access network device.
  • the first session management network element of this embodiment can be used to execute the method performed by the first session management network element in the foregoing method embodiment 1 to embodiment 6.
  • the specific implementation manner and technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an AS provided in Embodiment 10 of this application. As shown in FIG. 15, the AS 200 includes:
  • the receiving module 21 is configured to receive a first report from a terminal device, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
  • the determining module 22 is configured to determine, according to the first report, to send a data packet of a service to the terminal device through a unicast bearer.
  • the sending module 23 is configured to send first instruction information to a core network device and/or a first session management network element, where the first instruction information is used to instruct to send a data packet of the service to the terminal device through a unicast bearer .
  • the sending module 23 is further configured to: send third indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports a multicast mode send.
  • the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the sending module 23 sends third indication information to the core network device, specifically: sending a second message to the core network device, and the second message includes the third indication information and the core network device.
  • the sending module 23 is further configured to: send sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when it supports sending service data to the terminal device in a multicast manner Sending the first notification message to the AS.
  • the sending module 23 is further configured to send a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service to the core network device and/or the first session management network element.
  • the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the sending module 23 sends a first message to the first session management network element, where the first message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier corresponding to the service .
  • the sending module 23 sends a second message to the core network device, where the second message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in a first message.
  • the receiving module 21 is further configured to: receive a first notification message, and the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, so
  • the sending module 23 is further configured to: in response to the first notification message, send a second notification message to the terminal device, where the second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the Business data.
  • the receiving module 21 is further configured to: receive a first notification message, where the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device
  • the sending module 23 is further configured to: in response to the first notification message, send fifth indication information to the first session management network element or the core network device, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal The device joins the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the receiving module 21 is further configured to: when the terminal device moves from a non-MBMS area into an MBMS area, receive a second report from the terminal device, and the second report is used to notify the The terminal equipment of the AS can receive the data of the service through the MBMS bearer.
  • the sending module 23 is further configured to send fourth instruction information to the core network device, where the fourth instruction information is used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer.
  • the AS in this embodiment can be used to execute the method executed by the AS in the foregoing method embodiment 1 to embodiment 6.
  • the specific implementation and technical effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in Embodiment 11 of this application. As shown in FIG. 16, the terminal device 300 includes:
  • the sending module 31 is configured to send multicast capability indication information to the first session management network element in the process of establishing a PDN connection for the terminal device, where the multicast capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is in the Multicast capability in the second network.
  • the receiving module 32 is configured to receive, from the source access network device in the first network, the configuration information of the wireless resource allocated by the target access network device in the second network to the terminal device, and the configuration information of the wireless resource
  • the terminal device is used for receiving the data of the service in the second network in a multicast manner; the receiving module is further used for receiving the data of the service according to the configuration information of the wireless resource.
  • the receiving module 31 is further configured to: receive a fourth notification message from the application server AS, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use multicast in the second network
  • the session receives the data of the service.
  • the terminal device of this embodiment can be used to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the first to sixth embodiments of the foregoing method.
  • the specific implementation manner and technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a target access network device provided in Embodiment 12 of this application. As shown in FIG. 17, the target access network device 400 includes:
  • the receiving module 41 is configured to receive seventh indication information from the first session management network element, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is added to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  • the obtaining module 42 is configured to obtain the parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the multicast session.
  • the resource allocation module 43 is configured to allocate wireless resources for the multicast QoS flow according to the seventh indication information and the parameters of the multicast QoS flow.
  • the sending module 44 is configured to send the configuration information of the wireless resources of the multicast QoS flow to the terminal device through the source access network device, where the source access network device is the terminal device when the terminal device is accessing the target The access network device that is connected before the access network device.
  • the seventh indication information and the QoS information of the multicast session are sent by the first session management network element through a message.
  • the target access network device in this embodiment can be used to execute the methods executed by the target access network device in the first to sixth embodiments of the foregoing method.
  • the specific implementation methods and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first session management network element provided by Embodiment 13 of this application.
  • the first session management network element 500 includes: a processor 51, a memory 52, a transceiver 53, and a memory 52
  • the transceiver 53 is connected to the processor 51 through a bus 54 to communicate, the memory 52 is used to store instructions, the transceiver 53 is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor 51 is used to execute the information stored in the memory 52. Instructions, so that the first session management network element 500 executes the method performed by the first session management network element in the first embodiment to the sixth embodiment.
  • the processor used by the first session management network element in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and a field programmable gate. Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the bus described in the embodiments of this application may be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus, etc. .
  • ISA Industry Standard Architecture
  • PCI Peripheral Component
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on.
  • the buses in the drawings of this application are not limited to only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit implemented in the form of a software functional unit may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the above-mentioned software functional unit is stored in a storage medium, and includes several instructions to make a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to execute the method described in each embodiment of the present application. Part of the steps.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a multicast service switching method and apparatus. The method comprises: when the signal in a multicast area where a terminal device in a first network is located is weak, a first session management network element receiving first indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate the transmission of a data packet of a service to the terminal device by means of a unicast bearer; the first session management network element transmitting second indication information to a first user plane network element, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the transmission of the data packet to the terminal device by means of the unicast bearer; and when the terminal device gains access by means of a second network, the first session management network element adding the terminal device to a multicast session corresponding to the service. Switching data of a service from a multicast path of a first network to a unicast bearer of the first network, and then switching the data from the unicast bearer of the first network to a multicast session of a second network can ensure the continuity of the multicast service data during the process of cell switching.

Description

组播业务切换的方法和装置Method and device for switching multicast services
本申请要求于2020年05月8日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010383204.3、申请名称为“组播业务切换的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及2020年07月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010756685.8、申请名称为“组播业务切换的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on May 8, 2020, the application number is 202010383204.3, and the application name is "Method and Device for Multicast Service Switching", and it is filed in China on July 31, 2020 The patent office, the application number is 202010756685.8, the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application name "Multicast Service Switching Method and Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种组播业务切换的方法和装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for switching multicast services.
背景技术Background technique
在长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统网络中,针对组通信(Group Communication)业务,应用服务器(Application Services)可以通过以下两条方式将组播广播业务数据(也称为MBMS业务)发送给终端设备:多媒体广播/多播服务(Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Services,MBMS)承载或者单播承载。In the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system network, for group communication (Group Communication) services, the application server (Application Services) can send multicast broadcast service data (also known as MBMS services) to Terminal equipment: Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Services (MBMS) bearer or unicast bearer.
当终端设备位于第五代移动通信(5Generation,5G)网络的覆盖范围内时,终端设备也可以采用组播广播的方式接收组播广播业务数据,5G网络也称为新无线(New Radio)系统。在5G网络中,AS也可以通过两个两种方式将组播广播业务数据发送给终端设备:5G组播广播路径或者单播路径。When the terminal device is located within the coverage of the fifth generation mobile communication (5Generation, 5G) network, the terminal device can also receive multicast broadcast service data in the form of multicast broadcast. The 5G network is also called the New Radio (New Radio) system . In a 5G network, the AS can also send multicast broadcast service data to terminal devices in two ways: 5G multicast broadcast path or unicast path.
在LTE系统中,MBMS有一定的服务区域,当终端设备从MBMS区域移动到5G基站的覆盖范围内时,如何保证组播广播业务数据在切换过程中的连续性,是需要解决的关键问题。In the LTE system, MBMS has a certain service area. When the terminal equipment moves from the MBMS area to the coverage of the 5G base station, how to ensure the continuity of the multicast broadcast service data during the handover process is a key issue that needs to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种组播业务切换的方法和装置,能够保证终端设备从第一网络切换到第二网络的过程中,终端设备通过第一网络的组播路径接收的组播业务数据在切换过程中保持业务的连续性。The embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for switching multicast services, which can ensure that when a terminal device switches from a first network to a second network, the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network is Maintain business continuity during the handover.
本申请第一方面提供一种组播业务切换的方法,包括:第一会话管理网元接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包。所述第一会话管理网元向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示通过所述单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述数据包。当所述终端设备通过第二网络接入时,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。The first aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, including: a first session management network element receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to a terminal device located on a first network through a unicast bearer Send business data packets. The first session management network element sends second indication information to the first user plane network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer. When the terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
该方法中通过将业务的数据先从第一网络的组播路切换到第一网络的单播承载,在从第一网络的单播承载切换到第二网络的组播会话,从而能够保证终端设备从第一网络切换到第二网络的过程中,终端设备通过第一网络的组播路径接收的组播业务数据在切换过程中保持业务的连续性。In this method, the service data is first switched from the multicast path of the first network to the unicast bearer of the first network, and then the unicast bearer of the first network is switched to the multicast session of the second network, thereby ensuring that the terminal When the device is switched from the first network to the second network, the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network maintains service continuity during the switching process.
一种示例性的方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一会话管理网元获取所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流信息,根据所述业务的组播QoS流信息确定发送所述业务的数据包的单播承载。In an exemplary manner, the method further includes: the first session management network element obtains multicast service quality QoS flow information of the service, and determines to send the service according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service The unicast bearer of the data packet.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第一会话管理网元接收第一指示信息,包括:所述第一会话管理网元接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一指示信息和所述业务的组播业务标识。相应的,所述第一会话管理网元获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息,包括:所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。In an exemplary manner, the first session management network element receiving the first indication information includes: the first session management network element receiving a first message, the first message including the first indication information and The multicast service identifier of the service. Correspondingly, the first session management network element acquiring the multicast QoS flow information of the service includes: the first session management network element acquiring the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
另一种示例性的方式中,所述第一指示信息包括所述业务的组播业务标识,所述第一会话管理网元获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息,包括:所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。In another exemplary manner, the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier of the service, and the first session management network element acquiring multicast QoS flow information of the service includes: the first The session management network element obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
一种示例性的方式中,所述方法还包括:若所述第一会话管理网元接收到第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息指示所述业务支持业务连续性,则所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播QoS流的信息确定所述业务对应的单播QoS流。In an exemplary manner, the method further includes: if the first session management network element receives eighth indication information, the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity, then the first The session management network element determines the unicast QoS flow corresponding to the service according to the information of the multicast QoS flow.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,具体为:在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述业务的数据包从通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过协议数据单元PDU会话发送给所述终端设备。在所述终端设备从所述第一网络切换到所述第二网络之后,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述PDU会话发送给所述终端切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。In an exemplary manner, adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: when the terminal device moves from the first network to the second During the network switching process, the first session management network element switches the data packets of the service from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to being sent to the terminal device via a protocol data unit PDU session. After the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet passes through the The PDU session sent to the terminal is switched to sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
所述PDU会话为第二网络中的单播路径,该方式将通过第一网络中的组播方式传输的数据包先从组播方式切换到第一网络的单播路径,再从第一网络的单播路径切换到第二网络的单播路径,再从第二网络的单播路径切换到第二网络的组播路径,从而保证终端设备的组播业务在小区切换过程中保持业务的连续性。The PDU session is a unicast path in the second network. In this way, the data packet transmitted by the multicast mode in the first network is first switched from the multicast mode to the unicast path of the first network, and then from the first network. Switch from the unicast path of the second network to the unicast path of the second network, and then switch from the unicast path of the second network to the multicast path of the second network, so as to ensure that the multicast service of the terminal equipment maintains business continuity during the cell switching process sex.
可选的,所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之后,通知所述第一用户面网元停止通过所述PDU会话向所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据。Optionally, after the terminal device joins the multicast session, the first user plane network element is notified to stop sending the service data to the terminal device through the PDU session.
另一种示例性的方式中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,具体为:在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。In another exemplary manner, adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: when the terminal device is transferred from the first network to the first network 2. During the network switching process, the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet is switched from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to passing through the The multicast session is sent to the terminal device.
该方式将通过第一网络中的组播方式传输的数据包先从组播方式切换到第一网络的单播路径,再从第一网络的单播路径切换到第二网络的组播路径,从而保证终端设备的组播业务在小区切换过程中保持业务的连续性。This method first switches the data packets transmitted through the multicast mode in the first network from the multicast mode to the unicast path of the first network, and then switches from the unicast path of the first network to the multicast path of the second network. This ensures that the multicast service of the terminal equipment maintains service continuity during the cell handover.
可选的,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之前,所述第一会话管理网元确定所述业务支持通过所述第二网络的组播方式发送。Optionally, before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, the first session management network element determines that the service supports sending through the multicast mode of the second network.
可选的,所述第一会话管理网元确定所述业务支持通过所述第二网络的组播方式发送,可以为:所述第一会话管理网元接收所述业务对应的第一规则,所述第一规则用于进行控制、策略或计费,所述第一规则中包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述业务支持组播方式发送。Optionally, that the first session management network element determines that the service supports sending through the multicast mode of the second network may be: the first session management network element receives the first rule corresponding to the service, The first rule is used to perform control, policy, or charging, and the first rule includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
可选的,所述第一规则中还包括所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the first rule further includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述第三指示信息为所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第一指示信息和所述第一规则携带在同一个消息中,或者,所述第一会话管理网元在接收所述第一指示信息之前接收所述第一规则。In an exemplary manner, the first indication information and the first rule are carried in the same message, or the first session management network element receives the first indication information before receiving the first indication information. One rule.
可选的,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之前,确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。Optionally, before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, it determines that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device Multicast is supported, wherein the terminal device accesses the second network through the target access network device.
可选的,所述第一会话管理网元确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,可以为:所述第一会话管理网元在所述终端设备建立分组数据网络PDN连接的过程中,接收所述终端设备发送的组播能力指示信息,所述组播能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第二网络中的组播能力。所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播能力指示信息确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播。Optionally, if the first session management network element determines that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, it may be: the first session management network element establishes a packet data network PDN connection on the terminal device In the process, receiving multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device, where the multicast capability indication information is used to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network. The first session management network element determines, according to the multicast capability indication information, that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
可选的,如果所述业务对应的组播会话还未建立,则所述第一会话管理网元触发建立所述组播会话。Optionally, if the multicast session corresponding to the service has not been established, the first session management network element triggers the establishment of the multicast session.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,包括:所述第一会话管理网元接收接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送的请求消息,所述请求消息用于创建或更新PDU会话,所述PDU会话与所述业务关联。所述第一会话管理网元确定通过所述单播承载发送的所述业务支持组播方式发送,且所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播业务,所述第一会话管理网元指示所述第二网络中的目标接入网设备将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话。In an exemplary manner, adding the terminal device to the multicast session by the first session management network element includes: the first session management network element receiving a request sent by an access and mobility management function AMF Message, the request message is used to create or update a PDU session, and the PDU session is associated with the service. The first session management network element determines that the service sent through the unicast bearer supports multicast transmission, and the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network, and the first session management network The element instructs the target access network device in the second network to join the terminal device in the multicast session.
一种示例性的方式中,当所述终端设备移入MBMS区域时或移入MBMS区域后,所述第一会话管理网元接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示停止通过所述单播承载发送所述业务的数据,所述第一会话管理网元根据所述第四指示信息通知第一用户面网元停止通过单播承载发送所述业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, when the terminal device moves into the MBMS area or after it moves into the MBMS area, the first session management network element receives fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop passing through the The unicast bearer sends the data of the service, and the first session management network element notifies the first user plane network element to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer according to the fourth instruction information.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第二指示信息包括第一隧道的信息与所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流的标识QFI的第一映射关系,所述第一隧道是所述单播承载对应的隧道,所述QFI为所述第一用户面网元接收到的所述业务的数据包的QFI,所述第一映射关系用于所述第一用户面网元确定发送所述业务的数据包的第一隧道。In an exemplary manner, the second indication information includes a first mapping relationship between the information of the first tunnel and the identifier QFI of the multicast quality of service QoS flow of the service, and the first tunnel is the unicast Bears the corresponding tunnel, the QFI is the QFI of the service data packet received by the first user plane network element, and the first mapping relationship is used by the first user plane network element to determine to send the service The first tunnel of the packet.
相应的,所述第一会话管理网元向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息之后,所述第一会话管理网元从所述第一用户面网元接收第二隧道的信息,所述第一用户面网元通过所述第二隧道从第二用户面网元或应用服务器接收所述业务的数据包,所述第一会话管理网元将所述第二隧道信息发送给所述第二用户面网元或所述应用服务器。Correspondingly, after the first session management network element sends the second indication information to the first user plane network element, the first session management network element receives the second tunnel information from the first user plane network element, so The first user plane network element receives the service data packet from a second user plane network element or an application server through the second tunnel, and the first session management network element sends the second tunnel information to the The second user plane network element or the application server.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第二指示信息中包括所述组播地址,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一用户面网元将目的地址为所述组播地址的数据包通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备。In an exemplary manner, the second indication information includes the multicast address, and the second indication information is used to instruct the first user plane network element to set the destination address as the data of the multicast address The packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
一种示例性的方式中,所述终端设备切换到所述第二网络之后,所述第一会话管理网元向AS发送第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知所述AS支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据。相应的,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,具体为:所述第一会话管理网元接收第五指示信 息,所述第五指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,所述第一会话管理网元根据所述第五指示信息,将所述终端加入所述业务对应的组播会话。In an exemplary manner, after the terminal device switches to the second network, the first session management network element sends a first notification message to the AS, and the first notification message is used to notify the AS to support Send the data of the service to the terminal device in a multicast manner. Correspondingly, adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: the first session management network element receives fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used for After instructing to add the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, the first session management network element adds the terminal to the multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information.
可选的,所述第一会话管理网元向AS发送第一通知消息之前,所述第一会话管理网元接收第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示当支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送业务的数据时给所述AS发送所述第一通知消息。Optionally, before the first session management network element sends the first notification message to the AS, the first session management network element receives sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when the multicast mode is supported When sending service data to the terminal device, the first notification message is sent to the AS.
可选的,所述第一消息中包括所述第一指示信息和所述第六指示信息携带在第一消息中。Optionally, the first message including the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in the first message.
可选的,所述第一会话管理网元根据所述第五指示信息,将所述终端加入所述业务对应的组播会话之前,所述第一会话管理网元确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。Optionally, before the first session management network element joins the terminal to the multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information, the first session management network element determines that the terminal device is in the The second network supports multicast, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device accesses the second network through the target access network device.
本申请第二方面提供了一种组播业务切换的方法,包括:第一会话管理网元获取业务的组播业务标识,所述第一会话管理网元为终端设备的PDN连接提供服务;A second aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, including: a first session management network element obtains a multicast service identifier of the service, and the first session management network element provides services for PDN connections of terminal devices;
所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息;Acquiring, by the first session management network element, the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier;
当所述终端设备通过第二网络接入时,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。When the terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
该方法中第一会话管理网元预先获得终端设备通过第一网络的组播路径接收的业务的组播业务标识,并根据该组播业务标识获取该业务的组播QoS流信息,从而使得当终端设备通过第二网络接入时,第一会话管理网元可将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话,从而能够保证终端设备从第一网络切换到第二网络的过程中,终端设备通过第一网络的组播路径接收的组播业务数据在切换过程中保持业务的连续性。In this method, the first session management network element obtains the multicast service identifier of the service received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network in advance, and obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier, so that the When a terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element can add the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, thereby ensuring that the terminal device passes through the process when the terminal device switches from the first network to the second network The multicast service data received by the multicast path of the first network maintains service continuity during the switching process.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,具体为:在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播QoS流信息在所述第二网络中创建单播QoS流,所述单播QoS流属于PDU会话,所述PDU会话与所述PDN连接对应,所述业务经过所述PDU会话发送给所述终端设备。在所述终端设备从所述第一网络切换到所述第二网络之后,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述PDU会话发送给所述终端设备切换到经过所述第二网络的组播会话发送给所述终端设备。In an exemplary manner, adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: when the terminal device moves from the first network to the second During the network switching process, the first session management network element creates a unicast QoS flow in the second network according to the multicast QoS flow information, the unicast QoS flow belongs to a PDU session, and the PDU session is connected to the Corresponding to the PDN connection, the service is sent to the terminal device through the PDU session. After the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet passes through the The PDU session is sent to the terminal device to switch to the multicast session via the second network and sent to the terminal device.
所述PDU会话为第二网络中的单播路径,该方式将通过第一网络中的组播方式传输的数据切换到第二网络的单播路径,再从第二网络的单播路径切换到第二网络的组播路径,从而保证终端设备的组播业务在小区切换过程中保持业务的连续性。The PDU session is a unicast path in the second network. This method switches the data transmitted through the multicast mode in the first network to the unicast path of the second network, and then switches from the unicast path of the second network to the unicast path of the second network. The multicast path of the second network ensures that the multicast service of the terminal equipment maintains service continuity during the cell handover process.
另一种示例性的方式中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,具体为:在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播业务标识将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述第一网络的组播方式发送给所述终端设备切换到经过所述第二网络的组播会话发送给所述终端设备。In another exemplary manner, adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service by the first session management network element is specifically: when the terminal device is transferred from the first network to the first network 2. During the network switching process, the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session according to the multicast service identifier, and the data packets of the service are transferred from the multicast mode through the first network Sent to the terminal device to switch to the multicast session via the second network and sent to the terminal device.
该方式将通过第一网络中的组播方式传输的数据包直接切换到第二网络的组播路径,从而保证终端设备的组播业务在小区切换过程中保持业务的连续性。This method directly switches the data packets transmitted through the multicast mode in the first network to the multicast path of the second network, thereby ensuring that the multicast service of the terminal device maintains service continuity during the cell switching process.
一种示例性的方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一会话管理网元从所述终端设备接收所述组播业务标识,或者,所述第一会话管理网元从AS接收所述组播业务标识。In an exemplary manner, the method further includes: the first session management network element receives the multicast service identifier from the terminal device, or the first session management network element receives the multicast service identifier from the AS Multicast service identifier.
一种示例性的方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一会话管理网元从所述终端设备接收所述组播业务标识包括,所述终端设备通过所述PDN连接向所述第一会话管理网元发送所述组播业务标识。In an exemplary manner, the method further includes: the first session management network element receiving the multicast service identifier from the terminal device includes: the terminal device connects to the first The session management network element sends the multicast service identifier.
所述终端设备通过PDN连接发送所述组播业务的标识,从而使得所述第一会话管理网元将所述业务与所述PDN连接关联,以使得当终端设备切换到第二网络时,第一会话管理网元可将该业务与所述PDN连接对应的PDU会话关联,从而可通过该PDU会话将终端设备加入所述组播会话。The terminal device sends the identifier of the multicast service through the PDN connection, so that the first session management network element associates the service with the PDN connection, so that when the terminal device switches to the second network, the first A session management network element can associate the service with the PDU session corresponding to the PDN connection, so that the terminal device can be added to the multicast session through the PDU session.
一种示例性的方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一会话管理网元确定所述终端设备通过所述第一网络接入,所述第一会话管理网元在从所述终端设备接收所述组播业务标识后,不将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话和/或不为所述终端设备在所述第一网络创建单播承载。In an exemplary manner, the method further includes: the first session management network element determines that the terminal device is accessed through the first network, and the first session management network element is connected from the terminal device After receiving the multicast service identifier, not adding the terminal device to the multicast session and/or not creating a unicast bearer for the terminal device on the first network.
本申请第三方面提供一种组播业务切换的方法,包括:AS接收来自终端设备的第一报告,所述第一报告用于指示所述终端设备移出MBMS区域。所述AS根据所述第一报告,确定通过单播承载向所述终端设备发送业务的数据包,所述AS向核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据包。A third aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, including: an AS receives a first report from a terminal device, the first report being used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area. According to the first report, the AS determines to send service data packets to the terminal device through a unicast bearer, the AS sends first indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, and the The first indication information is used to indicate that the data packet of the service is sent to the terminal device through a unicast bearer.
所述方法当终端设备的MBMS区域的信号弱时,通过向AS发送第一报告,使得AS触发建立单播承载,将业务从MBMS承载切换到单播承载,进一步将该业务从单播承载切换到第二网络的组播会话中,从而保证小区切换过程中组播业务的连续性。When the signal in the MBMS area of the terminal device is weak, the method sends a first report to the AS, so that the AS triggers the establishment of a unicast bearer, switches the service from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer, and further switches the service from the unicast bearer In the multicast session to the second network, so as to ensure the continuity of the multicast service during the cell handover.
可选的,所述AS还向所述核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the AS further sends a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service to the core network device and/or the first session management network element.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第一指示信息包括所述业务对应的组播业务标识。In an exemplary manner, the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
另一种示例性的方式中,所述AS向所述第一会话管理网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一指示信息和所述业务对应的组播业务标识。或者,所述AS向所述核心网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第一指示信息和所述业务对应的组播业务标识。In another exemplary manner, the AS sends a first message to the first session management network element, where the first message includes the first indication information and a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service. Alternatively, the AS sends a second message to the core network device, where the second message includes the first indication information and a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述AS还向向所述核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送所述第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息指示所述业务支持业务连续性。Optionally, the AS further sends the eighth indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity.
可选的,所述AS还向所述核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述业务支持组播方式发送。Optionally, the AS further sends third indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
可选的,所述第三指示信息为所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述AS向所述核心网设备发送第三指示信息,包括:所述AS向所述核心网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述第三指示信息和所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the AS sending third indication information to the core network device includes: the AS sends a second message to the core network device, and the second message includes the third indication information and the core network device. The multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述AS还向所述核心网设备或所述第一会话管理网元发送发送第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息用于指示所述业务支持业务连续性。Optionally, the AS further sends eighth indication information to the core network device or the first session management network element, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the service supports service continuity.
可选的,所述AS向所述核心网设备发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于 指示当支持以组播方式给所述终端设备发送业务的数据时给所述AS发送所述第一通知消息。Optionally, the AS sends sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that when it supports sending service data to the terminal device in a multicast manner, the AS sends the The first notification message.
可选的,所述第一指示信息和所述第六指示信息携带在第一消息或第二消息中。Optionally, the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in a first message or a second message.
一种示例性的方式中,所述AS接收第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据,响应于所述第一通知消息,所述AS向所述终端设备发送第二通知消息,所述第二通知消息用于通知所述终端设备使用所述组播会话接收所述业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, the AS receives a first notification message, and the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, and responds to the first notification Message, the AS sends a second notification message to the terminal device, where the second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the data of the service.
另一种示例性的方式中,所述AS接收第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据,响应于所述第一通知消息,所述AS向所述第一会话管理网元或者核心网设备发送第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。In another exemplary manner, the AS receives a first notification message, where the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, and responds to the first notification message. In a notification message, the AS sends fifth instruction information to the first session management network element or core network device, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service.
一种示例性的方式中,当所述终端设备从非MBMS区域移入MBMS区域时,所述AS从所述终端设备接收第二报告,所述第二报告用于通知所述AS所述终端设备能够通过MBMS承载接收所述业务的数据。相应的,所述AS向所述核心网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示停止通过单播承载发送所述业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, when the terminal device moves from a non-MBMS area into an MBMS area, the AS receives a second report from the terminal device, and the second report is used to notify the AS of the terminal device The data of the service can be received through the MBMS bearer. Correspondingly, the AS sends fourth indication information to the core network device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer.
本申请第四方面提供一种组播业务切换的方法,终端设备在建立PDN连接的过程中,向第一会话管理网元发送组播能力指示信息,所述组播能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第二网络中的组播能力。所述终端设备从第一网络中的源接入网设备接收所述第二网络中的目标接入网设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源的配置信息,所述无线资源的配置信息用于所述终端设备在所述第二网络中通过组播方式接收所述业务的数据,所述终端设备根据所述无线资源的配置信息,接收所述业务的数据。The fourth aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services. In the process of establishing a PDN connection, a terminal device sends multicast capability indication information to a first session management network element, where the multicast capability indication information is used to indicate all The multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network. The terminal device receives from the source access network device in the first network the configuration information of the wireless resource allocated by the target access network device in the second network to the terminal device, and the configuration information of the wireless resource is used for The terminal device receives the data of the service in the second network in a multicast manner, and the terminal device receives the data of the service according to the configuration information of the wireless resource.
一种示例性的方式中,所述终端设备从应用服务器AS接收第四通知消息,所述第四通知消息用于通知所述终端设备使用所述第二网络中的组播会话接收业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, the terminal device receives a fourth notification message from the application server AS, and the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use a multicast session in the second network to receive service data .
本申请第五方面提供一种组播业务切换的方法,包括:目标接入网设备从第一会话管理网元接收第七指示信息,所述第七指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入业务对应的组播会话。所述目标接入网设备获取所述组播会话的组播QoS流的参数,根据所述第七指示信息和所述组播QoS流的参数,为所述组播QoS流分配无线资源。所述目标接入网设备通过源接入网设备将所述组播QoS流的无线资源的配置信息发送给所述终端设备,所述源接入网设备是所述终端设备在接入所述目标接入网设备前所接入的接入网设备。A fifth aspect of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, including: a target access network device receives seventh indication information from a first session management network element, where the seventh indication information is used to instruct to join the terminal device The multicast session corresponding to the service. The target access network device obtains the parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the multicast session, and allocates wireless resources for the multicast QoS flow according to the seventh indication information and the parameters of the multicast QoS flow. The target access network device sends the configuration information of the wireless resource of the multicast QoS flow to the terminal device through the source access network device, and the source access network device is the terminal device when the terminal device is accessing the terminal device. The access network device that is connected before the target access network device.
可选的,所述第七指示信息和所述组播会话的QoS信息由所述第一会话管理网元通过一条消息发送。Optionally, the seventh indication information and the QoS information of the multicast session are sent by the first session management network element through a message.
本申请第六方面提供一种第一会话管理网元,包括:接收模块,用于接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包;发送模块,用于向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示通过所述单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述数据包;加入模块,用于当所述终端设备通过第二网络接入时,将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。A sixth aspect of the present application provides a first session management network element, including: a receiving module, configured to receive first instruction information, where the first instruction information is used to instruct to send to a terminal device located on a first network through a unicast bearer Service data packet; sending module, used to send second instruction information to the first user plane network element, the second instruction information used to instruct to send the data packet to the terminal device through the unicast bearer; join The module is used for adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service when the terminal device accesses through the second network.
可选的,所述网元还包括:获取模块,用于获取所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流信息;第一确定模块,用于根据所述业务的组播QoS流信息确定发送所述业务的数据 包的单播承载。Optionally, the network element further includes: an obtaining module, configured to obtain multicast quality of service QoS flow information of the service; a first determining module, configured to determine to send the information according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service Unicast bearer of service data packets.
可选的,所述接收模块具体用于:接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一指示信息和所述业务的组播业务标识;所述获取模块具体用于:根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。Optionally, the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive a first message, where the first message includes the first indication information and a multicast service identifier of the service; the acquiring module is specifically configured to: according to the The multicast service identifier obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service.
可选的,所述第一指示信息包括所述业务的组播业务标识,所述获取模块具体用于:根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。Optionally, the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier of the service, and the obtaining module is specifically configured to obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
所述第一确定模块还用于:若所述第一会话管理网元接收到第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息指示所述业务支持业务连续性,则根据所述组播QoS流的信息确定所述业务对应的单播QoS流。The first determining module is further configured to: if the first session management network element receives eighth indication information, the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity, according to the multicast QoS flow The information determines the unicast QoS flow corresponding to the service.
一种示例性的方式中,所述加入模块具体用于:在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,将所述业务的数据包从通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过协议数据单元PDU会话发送给所述终端设备,在所述终端设备从所述第一网络切换到所述第二网络之后,将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述PDU会话发送给所述终端切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。In an exemplary manner, the joining module is specifically configured to: in the process of the terminal device switching from the first network to the second network, transfer the data packets of the service from the unicast The bearer sent to the terminal device is switched to sent to the terminal device via a protocol data unit PDU session, and after the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the terminal device is added to the In a multicast session, the service data packet is switched from being sent to the terminal through the PDU session to being sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
可选的,所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之后,所述发送模块还用于:通知所述第一用户面网元停止通过所述PDU会话向所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据。Optionally, after the terminal device joins the multicast session, the sending module is further configured to: notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data to the terminal device through the PDU session .
另一种示例性的方式中,所述加入模块具体用于:在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。In another exemplary manner, the joining module is specifically configured to: join the terminal device to the multicast session during the handover process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, The data packet of the service is switched from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to being sent to the terminal device via the multicast session.
可选的,还包括:第二确定模块,用于在所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之前,确定所述业务支持通过所述第二网络的组播方式发送。Optionally, it further includes: a second determining module, configured to determine that the service supports multicast through the second network before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session Way to send.
可选的,所述第二确定模块具体用于:接收所述业务对应的第一规则,所述第一规则用于进行控制、策略或计费,所述第一规则中包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述业务支持组播方式发送。Optionally, the second determining module is specifically configured to: receive a first rule corresponding to the service, the first rule is used for control, policy, or charging, and the first rule includes third indication information The third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
可选的,所述第一规则中还包括所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the first rule further includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述第三指示信息为所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第一指示信息和所述第一规则携带在同一个消息中,或者,所述第一会话管理网元在接收所述第一指示信息之前接收所述第一规则。In an exemplary manner, the first indication information and the first rule are carried in the same message, or the first session management network element receives the first indication information before receiving the first indication information. One rule.
可选的,还包括第三确定模块,用于确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。Optionally, it further includes a third determining module, configured to determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device passes all The target access network device accesses the second network.
可选的,所述第三确定模块具体用于:在所述终端设备建立分组数据网络PDN连接的过程中,接收所述终端设备发送的组播能力指示信息,所述组播能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第二网络中的组播能力,根据所述组播能力指示信息确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播。Optionally, the third determining module is specifically configured to: in the process of establishing a packet data network PDN connection by the terminal device, receive multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device, and the multicast capability indication information is used for In order to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network, it is determined according to the multicast capability indication information that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
可选的,还包括:建立模块,用于在所述业务对应的组播会话还未建立的情况下,触发建立所述组播会话。Optionally, it further includes: an establishment module, configured to trigger the establishment of the multicast session when the multicast session corresponding to the service has not been established.
一种示例性的方式中,所述加入模块具体用于:接收接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送的请求消息,所述请求消息用于创建或更新PDU会话,所述PDU会话与所述业务关联,确定通过所述单播承载发送的所述业务支持组播方式发送,且所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播业务,指示所述第二网络中的目标接入网设备将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话。In an exemplary manner, the joining module is specifically configured to: receive a request message sent by the access and mobility management function AMF, where the request message is used to create or update a PDU session, and the PDU session is related to the service Associate, determine that the service sent through the unicast bearer supports multicast transmission, and the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network, and instructs the target access network device in the second network Joining the terminal device to the multicast session.
一种示例性的方式中,当所述终端设备移入MBMS区域时或移入MBMS区域后,所述接收模块还用于:接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示停止通过所述单播承载发送所述业务的数据。所述发送模块,还用于根据所述第四指示信息通知第一用户面网元停止通过单播承载发送所述业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, when the terminal device moves into the MBMS area or after it moves into the MBMS area, the receiving module is further configured to: receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop passing through the The unicast bearer transmits the data of the service. The sending module is further configured to notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data through the unicast bearer according to the fourth instruction information.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第二指示信息包括第一隧道的信息与所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流的标识QFI的第一映射关系,所述第一隧道是所述单播承载对应的隧道,所述QFI为所述第一用户面网元接收到的所述业务的数据包的QFI,所述第一映射关系用于所述第一用户面网元确定发送所述业务的数据包的第一隧道。In an exemplary manner, the second indication information includes a first mapping relationship between the information of the first tunnel and the identifier QFI of the multicast quality of service QoS flow of the service, and the first tunnel is the unicast Bears the corresponding tunnel, the QFI is the QFI of the service data packet received by the first user plane network element, and the first mapping relationship is used by the first user plane network element to determine to send the service The first tunnel of the packet.
相应的,所述接收模块还用于:在所述发送模块向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息之后,从所述第一用户面网元接收第二隧道的信息,所述第一用户面网元通过所述第二隧道从第二用户面网元或应用服务器接收所述业务的数据包。所述发送模块还用于:将所述第二隧道信息发送给所述第二用户面网元或所述应用服务器。Correspondingly, the receiving module is further configured to: after the sending module sends the second indication information to the first user plane network element, receive the second tunnel information from the first user plane network element, and the first The user plane network element receives the data packet of the service from the second user plane network element or the application server through the second tunnel. The sending module is further configured to send the second tunnel information to the second user plane network element or the application server.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第二指示信息中包括所述组播地址,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一用户面网元将目的地址为所述组播地址的数据包通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备。In an exemplary manner, the second indication information includes the multicast address, and the second indication information is used to instruct the first user plane network element to set the destination address as the data of the multicast address The packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
一种示例性的方式中,所述终端设备切换到所述第二网络之后,所述发送模块还用于:向AS发送第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知所述AS支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据。相应的,所述加入模块具体用于:接收第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,根据所述第五指示信息,将所述终端加入所述业务对应的组播会话。In an exemplary manner, after the terminal device is switched to the second network, the sending module is further configured to: send a first notification message to the AS, and the first notification message is used to notify the AS to support Send the data of the service to the terminal device in a multicast manner. Correspondingly, the joining module is specifically configured to: receive fifth instruction information, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service, and according to the fifth instruction information, add The terminal joins the multicast session corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述发送模块向AS发送第一通知消息之前,所述接收模块还用于:接收第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示当支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送业务的数据时给所述AS发送所述第一通知消息。Optionally, before the sending module sends the first notification message to the AS, the receiving module is further configured to: receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when a multicast mode is supported to the terminal When the device sends service data, the first notification message is sent to the AS.
可选的,所述第一消息中包括所述第一指示信息和所述第六指示信息携带在第一消息中。Optionally, the first message including the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in the first message.
可选的,还包括确定模块,所述加入模块根据所述第五指示信息,将所述终端加入所述业务对应的组播会话之前,所述确定模块确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。Optionally, it further includes a determining module. Before the joining module joins the terminal to the multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information, the determining module determines that the terminal device is in the second Multicast is supported in the network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device accesses the second network through the target access network device.
本申请第七方面提供一种AS,包括:接收模块,用于接收来自终端设备的第一报告,所述第一报告用于指示所述终端设备移出MBMS区域;确定模块,用于根据所述第一报告,确定通过单播承载向所述终端设备发送业务的数据包;发送模块,用于向核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据包。The seventh aspect of the present application provides an AS, including: a receiving module, configured to receive a first report from a terminal device, the first report being used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area; a determining module, configured to The first report determines that the data packet of the service is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer; the sending module is used to send the first indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, the first indication information It is used to instruct to send the data packet of the service to the terminal device through a unicast bearer.
可选的,所述发送模块还用于:向所述核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述业务支持组播方式发送。Optionally, the sending module is further configured to: send third indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission .
可选的,所述第三指示信息为所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述发送模块向所述核心网设备发送第三指示信息,具体为:向所述核心网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述第三指示信息和所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the sending module sends third indication information to the core network device, specifically: sending a second message to the core network device, and the second message includes the third indication information and the core network device. The multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述发送模块还用于:向所述核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the sending module is further configured to send a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service to the core network device and/or the first session management network element.
可选的,所述发送模块还用于:向所述核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送所述第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息指示所述业务支持业务连续性。Optionally, the sending module is further configured to send the eighth indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity.
可选的,所述发送模块还用于:向所述核心网设备发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示当支持以组播方式给所述终端设备发送业务的数据时给所述AS发送所述第一通知消息。Optionally, the sending module is further configured to: send sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that when it supports sending service data to the terminal device in a multicast manner, The AS sends the first notification message.
可选的,所述第一指示信息和所述第六指示信息携带在第一消息中。Optionally, the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in a first message.
一种示例性的方式中,所述接收模块还用于:接收第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据,所述发送模块还用于:响应于所述第一通知消息,向所述终端设备发送第二通知消息,所述第二通知消息用于通知所述终端设备使用所述组播会话接收所述业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, the receiving module is further configured to: receive a first notification message, where the first notification message is used to notify support for using multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, and The sending module is further configured to: in response to the first notification message, send a second notification message to the terminal device, where the second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the service. data.
另一种示例性的方式中,所述接收模块还用于:接收第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据,所述发送模块还用于:响应于所述第一通知消息,向所述第一会话管理网元或者核心网设备发送第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。In another exemplary manner, the receiving module is further configured to: receive a first notification message, where the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, so The sending module is further configured to: in response to the first notification message, send fifth instruction information to the first session management network element or core network device, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to join The multicast session corresponding to the service.
一种示例性的方式中,所述接收模块还用于:当所述终端设备从非MBMS区域移入MBMS区域时,从所述终端设备接收第二报告,所述第二报告用于通知所述AS所述终端设备能够通过MBMS承载接收所述业务的数据。相应的,所述发送模块还用于:向所述核心网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示停止通过单播承载发送所述业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, the receiving module is further configured to: when the terminal device moves from a non-MBMS area into an MBMS area, receive a second report from the terminal device, and the second report is used to notify the The terminal equipment of the AS can receive the data of the service through the MBMS bearer. Correspondingly, the sending module is further configured to send fourth indication information to the core network device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer.
本申请第八方面提供一种终端设备,包括:发送模块,用于在为所述终端设备建立PDN连接的过程中,向第一会话管理网元发送组播能力指示信息,所述组播能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第二网络中的组播能力;接收模块,用于从第一网络中的源接入网设备接收所述第二网络中的目标接入网设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源的配置信息,所述无线资源的配置信息用于所述终端设备在所述第二网络中通过组播方式接收所述业务的数据;所述接收模块,还用于根据所述无线资源的配置信息,接收所述业务的数据。An eighth aspect of the present application provides a terminal device, including: a sending module, configured to send multicast capability indication information to a first session management network element in the process of establishing a PDN connection for the terminal device, the multicast capability The indication information is used to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network; the receiving module is used to receive the target access network device in the second network from the source access network device in the first network The configuration information of the wireless resource allocated to the terminal device, where the configuration information of the wireless resource is used by the terminal device to receive the data of the service in the second network in a multicast manner; the receiving module further It is used to receive the data of the service according to the configuration information of the wireless resource.
一种示例性的方式中,所述接收模块还用于:从应用服务器AS接收第四通知消息,所述第四通知消息用于通知所述终端设备使用所述第二网络中的组播会话接收业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, the receiving module is further configured to: receive a fourth notification message from the application server AS, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session in the second network Receive business data.
本申请第九方面提供一种目标接入网设备,包括:接收模块,用于从第一会话管 理网元接收第七指示信息,所述第七指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入业务对应的组播会话;获取模块,用于获取所述组播会话的组播QoS流的参数;资源分配模块,用于根据所述第七指示信息和所述组播QoS流的参数,为所述组播QoS流分配无线资源;发送模块,用于通过源接入网设备将所述组播QoS流的无线资源的配置信息发送给所述终端设备,所述源接入网设备是所述终端设备在接入所述目标接入网设备前所接入的接入网设备。A ninth aspect of the present application provides a target access network device, including: a receiving module, configured to receive seventh indication information from a first session management network element, where the seventh indication information is used to instruct to add the terminal device to the service Corresponding multicast session; acquisition module, used to acquire the parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the multicast session; resource allocation module, used to obtain the parameters of the multicast QoS flow according to the seventh indication information and the parameters of the multicast QoS flow The multicast QoS flow allocates wireless resources; a sending module is used to send configuration information of the wireless resources of the multicast QoS flow to the terminal device through a source access network device, and the source access network device is the The access network device that the terminal device accesses before accessing the target access network device.
可选的,所述第七指示信息和所述组播会话的QoS信息由所述第一会话管理网元通过一条消息发送。Optionally, the seventh indication information and the QoS information of the multicast session are sent by the first session management network element through a message.
本申请第十方面提供一种第一会话管理网元,包括处理器、存储器和收发器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述收发器用于和其他设备通信,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的指令,以使所述第一会话管理网元执行如本申请第一方面或者任一方式所述的方法。A tenth aspect of the present application provides a first session management network element, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. The memory is used to store instructions, the transceiver is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor is used to execute the The instructions stored in the memory, so that the first session management network element executes the method according to the first aspect or any one of the methods of the present application.
本申请第十一方面提供一种AS,包括处理器、存储器和收发器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述收发器用于和其他设备通信,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的指令,以使所述AS执行如本申请第二方面或者任一方式所述的方法。The eleventh aspect of the present application provides an AS, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. The memory is used to store instructions, the transceiver is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor is used to execute data stored in the memory. Instructions to make the AS execute the method described in the second aspect or any one of the methods of the present application.
本申请第十二方面提供一种终端设备,包括处理器、存储器和收发器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述收发器用于和其他设备通信,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的指令,以使所述终端设备执行如本申请第三方面或者任一方式所述的方法。A twelfth aspect of the present application provides a terminal device, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. The memory is used to store instructions, the transceiver is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor is used to execute storage in the memory. , So that the terminal device executes the method described in the third aspect or any one of the methods of the present application.
本申请第十三方面提供一种目标接入网设备,包括处理器、存储器和收发器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述收发器用于和其他设备通信,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的指令,以使所述目标接入网设备执行如本申请第四方面或者任一方式所述的方法。A thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a target access network device, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver. The memory is used to store instructions, the transceiver is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor is used to execute the The instructions stored in the memory, so that the target access network device executes the method according to the fourth aspect or any one of the methods of the present application.
本申请第十四方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有指令,当所述指令被执行时,使得计算机执行如本申请第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面或者任一方式所述的方法。A fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the computer executes the first, second, and third aspects of the present application. Aspect, the fourth aspect, or the method of any one of the aspects.
本申请第十五方面提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括指令,当所述指令被执行时,使得计算机执行如本申请第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面或者任一方式所述的方法。The fifteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the computer executes the first, second, third, and fourth aspects of the present application. Or the method described in either way.
本申请第十六方面提供一种通信系统,包括第一会话管理网元和AS,所述第一会话管理网元用于执行本申请第一方面或者第一方面的任一方式所述的方法,所述AS用于执行本申请第二方面或者第二方面的任一方式所述的方法。A sixteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication system, including a first session management network element and an AS, where the first session management network element is used to execute the method described in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects of the present application The AS is used to execute the method described in the second aspect or any one of the second aspects of this application.
可选的,所述通信系统还包括:第一用户面网元。Optionally, the communication system further includes: a first user plane network element.
本申请实施例提供的组播业务切换的方法和装置,当位于第一网络中的终端设备所在的组播区域的信号弱时,第一会话管理网元接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向该终端设备发送业务的数据包,第一会话管理网元向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向终端设备发送数据包,当终端设备通过第二网络接入时,第一会话管理网元将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话。通过将业务的数据先从第一网络的组播路切换到第一网络的单播承载,在从第一网络的单播承载切换到第二网络的组播会话,从而能够保证终端设备从 第一网络切换到第二网络的过程中,终端设备通过第一网络的组播路径接收的组播业务数据在切换过程中保持业务的连续性。In the method and device for switching multicast services provided by the embodiments of the present application, when the signal in the multicast area where the terminal device located in the first network is located is weak, the first session management network element receives the first indication information, and the first indication The information is used to indicate that the service data packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer. The first session management network element sends second indication information to the first user plane network element. The second indication information is used to indicate the unicast bearer to the terminal device. The terminal device sends a data packet, and when the terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service. By first switching the service data from the multicast path of the first network to the unicast bearer of the first network, and then switching from the unicast bearer of the first network to the multicast session of the second network, it is possible to ensure that the terminal equipment is switched from the first network to the multicast session of the second network. During the process of switching from one network to the second network, the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network maintains service continuity during the switching process.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为LTE系统的一种示意性架构图;Figure 1 is a schematic architecture diagram of an LTE system;
图2为5G网络的一种示意性架构图;Figure 2 is a schematic architecture diagram of a 5G network;
图3为现有支持MBMS的4G网络的架构示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of an existing 4G network supporting MBMS;
图4为现有支持组播方式的5G网络的架构示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an existing 5G network supporting multicast mode;
图5为本申请实施例适用的网络架构的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the application is applicable;
图6为本申请实施例一提供的组播业务切换的方法的流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 1 of this application;
图7为本申请实施例二提供的组播业务切换的方法的流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 2 of the application;
图8为本申请实施例三提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图;FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 3 of the application;
图9为本申请实施例四提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图;FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 4 of the application;
图10为本申请实施例五提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图;FIG. 10 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 5 of the application;
图11为本申请实施例六提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图;FIG. 11 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 6 of this application;
图12为本申请实施例七提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图;FIG. 12 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 7 of the application;
图13为本申请实施例八提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图;FIG. 13 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided by Embodiment 8 of this application;
图14为本申请实施例九提供的第一会话管理网元的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a first session management network element provided by Embodiment 9 of this application;
图15为本申请实施例十提供的AS的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the AS provided in the tenth embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例十一提供的终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in Embodiment 11 of this application;
图17为本申请实施例十二提供的目标接入网设备的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a target access network device provided in Embodiment 12 of this application;
图18为本申请实施例十三提供的第一会话管理网元的结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first session management network element provided by Embodiment 13 of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例提供一种组播业务切换的方法,该切换方法能够实现组播业务在终端设备从第四代移动通信(4-generation,4G)系统向第五代移动通信系统切换的过程中保持业务不中断。4G网络可以为LTE系统,5G网络也称为新无线通信系统、新接入技术(New Radio,NR)或者下一代移动通信系统。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, which can realize the multicast service in the process of terminal equipment switching from the fourth-generation mobile communication (4-generation, 4G) system to the fifth-generation mobile communication system Keep business uninterrupted. The 4G network may be an LTE system, and the 5G network is also called a new wireless communication system, a new radio (NR) or a next-generation mobile communication system.
图1为LTE系统的一种示意性架构图。如图1所示,LTE系统可以包括:用户设备(User equipment,UE)、演进的UMTS陆地无线接入网(Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network,E-UTRAN)、移动性管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、服务网关(Serving Gateway,SGW”、分组数据网络网关(Packet Data Network Gateway,PGW)、方案和计费规则功能实体(Policy and Charging Rule Function,PCRF)、归属网络服务器(Home Subscriber Server,HSS)和操作者的IP业务等。Figure 1 is a schematic architecture diagram of an LTE system. As shown in Figure 1, the LTE system may include: User Equipment (UE), Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN), Mobility Management Entity, MME), Serving Gateway (SGW), Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW), Scheme and Charging Rule Function (PCRF), Home Subscriber Server, HSS) and operator’s IP services.
LTE网络的核心网主要包括MME、SGW、和PGW三个逻辑功能体,其中MME是信令管理网元,负责非接入层(Non-Access Stratum,NAS)信令加密、为UE分配临时身份标识、选择SGW和PGW等核心网设备、提供漫游、跟踪、安全等功能;SGW是本地演进型节点(evolved NodeB,eNB)之间切换的移动性锚点,并提供合法监听 相关功能,eNB是LTE系统中的基站;PGW则负责用户地址分配、方案控制和计费规则的执行以及合法监听相关等功能;HSS用于存储用户的签约信息;PCRF用于提供方案和计费控制规则。The core network of the LTE network mainly includes three logical functions: MME, SGW, and PGW. MME is a signaling management network element, responsible for non-access stratum (NAS) signaling encryption, and assigning temporary identities to UEs. Identify and select core network equipment such as SGW and PGW, provide roaming, tracking, security and other functions; SGW is the mobility anchor for handover between local evolved NodeB (eNB), and provides legal monitoring related functions. eNB is The base station in the LTE system; PGW is responsible for user address allocation, plan control and charging rules execution, and lawful interception related functions; HSS is used to store user subscription information; PCRF is used to provide plans and charging control rules.
图2为5G网络的一种示意性架构图,参考图2,5G网络中的接入网可以是无线接入网(radio access network,(R)AN),5G网络中的(R)AN设备可以由多个5G-(R)AN节点组成,该5G-(R)AN节点可以包括:非3GPP的接入网络如WiFi网络的接入点(access point,AP)、下一代基站(可统称为新一代无线接入网节点(NG-RAN node),其中,下一代基站包括新空口基站(NR nodeB,gNB)、新一代演进型基站(NG-eNB)、中心单元(central unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)分离形态的gNB等)、收发点(transmission receive point,TRP)、传输点(transmission point,TP)或其它节点。Figure 2 is a schematic architecture diagram of a 5G network. Referring to Figure 2, the access network in the 5G network can be a radio access network (R) AN, and the (R) AN equipment in the 5G network It can be composed of multiple 5G-(R)AN nodes, and the 5G-(R)AN nodes can include: non-3GPP access networks such as access points (APs) of WiFi networks, next-generation base stations (collectively referred to as It is a new generation radio access network node (NG-RAN node), among which the next generation base station includes a new air interface base station (NR nodeB, gNB), a new generation evolved base station (NG-eNB), and a central unit (CU) (GNB, etc., separated from distributed unit (DU)), transmission receiving point (TRP), transmission point (TP) or other nodes.
5G核心网(5G core/new generation core,5GC/NGC)包括接入和移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)网元、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)网元、用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)网元、鉴权服务器功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF)网元、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)网元、应用功能(Application Function,AF)网元、统一数据管理功能(unified data management,UDM)网元、网络切片选择功能(Network Slice Selection Function,NSSF)网元等多个功能单元。The 5G core network (5G core/new generation core, 5GC/NGC) includes access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF) network elements, session management function (Session Management Function, SMF) network elements, and user plane Function (User Plane Function, UPF) network element, Authentication Server Function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF) network element, Policy Control Function (PCF) network element, Application Function (AF) network element, unified Multiple functional units such as data management function (unified data management, UDM) network elements and network slice selection function (Network Slice Selection Function, NSSF) network elements.
AMF网元主要负责移动性管理、接入管理等服务。SMF网元主要负责会话管理、UE地址管理和分配、动态主机配置协议功能、用户面功能的选择和控制等。UPF主要负责对外连接到数据网络(data network,DN)以及用户面的数据包路由转发、报文过滤、执行服务质量(quality of service,QoS)控制相关功能等。AUSF主要负责对终端设备的认证功能等。PCF网元主要负责为网络行为管理提供统一的策略框架、提供控制面功能的策略规则、获取与策略决策相关的注册信息等。需要说明的是,这些功能单元可以独立工作,也可以组合在一起实现某些控制功能,如对终端设备的接入鉴权、安全加密、位置注册等接入控制和移动性管理功能,以及用户面传输路径的建立、释放和更改等会话管理功能。The AMF network element is mainly responsible for services such as mobility management and access management. The SMF network element is mainly responsible for session management, UE address management and allocation, dynamic host configuration protocol functions, selection and control of user plane functions, etc. UPF is mainly responsible for data packet routing and forwarding, message filtering, and execution of quality of service (QoS) control related functions that are connected to the data network (DN) and user plane externally. AUSF is mainly responsible for the authentication function of terminal equipment. The PCF network element is mainly responsible for providing a unified policy framework for network behavior management, providing policy rules for control plane functions, and obtaining registration information related to policy decisions. It should be noted that these functional units can work independently, or can be combined together to achieve certain control functions, such as access control and mobility management functions such as access authentication, security encryption, location registration for terminal equipment, and user Session management functions such as the establishment, release, and modification of the surface transmission path.
5GC中各功能单元之间可以通过下一代网络(next generation,NG)接口进行通信,如:UE可以通过NG接口1(简称N1)与AMF网元进行控制面消息的传输,RAN设备可以通过NG接口3(简称N3)与UPF建立用户面数据传输通道,AN/RAN设备可以通过NG接口2(简称N2)与AMF网元建立控制面信令连接,UPF可以通过NG接口4(简称N4)与SMF网元进行信息交互,UPF可以通过NG接口6(简称N6)与数据网络DN交互用户面数据,AMF网元可以通过NG接口11(简称N11)与SMF网元进行信息交互,SMF网元可以通过NG接口7(简称N7)与PCF网元进行信息交互,AMF网元可以通过NG接口12(简称N12)与AUSF进行信息交互。需要说明的是,图2仅为示例性架构图,除图2中所示功能单元之外,该网络架构还可以包括其他功能单元。The functional units in the 5GC can communicate through the next generation network (NG) interface. For example, the UE can transmit control plane messages with the AMF network element through the NG interface 1 (abbreviated as N1), and the RAN device can communicate through the NG interface. Interface 3 (abbreviated as N3) establishes a user plane data transmission channel with UPF. AN/RAN equipment can establish a control plane signaling connection with AMF network elements through NG interface 2 (abbreviated as N2), and UPF can communicate with UPF via NG interface 4 (abbreviated as N4). SMF network elements exchange information, UPF can exchange user plane data with data network DN through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6), AMF network elements can exchange information with SMF network elements through NG interface 11 (abbreviated as N11), SMF network elements can The NG interface 7 (abbreviated as N7) is used for information exchange with the PCF network element, and the AMF network element can perform information exchange with the AUSF through the NG interface 12 (abbreviated as N12). It should be noted that FIG. 2 is only an exemplary architecture diagram. In addition to the functional units shown in FIG. 2, the network architecture may also include other functional units.
4G网络和5G网络中的UE也称为终端设备、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal)、终端(terminal)等。UEs in 4G networks and 5G networks are also referred to as terminal devices, mobile stations (mobile stations, MS), mobile terminals (mobile terminals), terminals (terminals), and so on.
该终端设备可以经RAN与一个或多个核心网进行通信,因此,该终端设备还可以称为无线终端,无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。The terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks via the RAN. Therefore, the terminal device can also be called a wireless terminal. Handheld device, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
例如,终端设备可以为蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备或可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。本申请实施例中不做具体限定。For example, the terminal equipment can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless Handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices or wearable devices with communication functions, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, industrial control ( Wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, and transportation safety Wireless terminal, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, etc. There is no specific limitation in the embodiments of this application.
在4G网络中,针对组通信引入了MBMS和eMBMS,eMBMS是MBMS的演进,MBMS支持多媒体广播业务和组播业务两种模式,既可以将多媒体视频信息直接向所有用户广播,也可以发送给一组收费的签约用户收看,可以帮助运营商开展多媒体广告、免费和收费电视频道、彩信群发等多种商业应用。运营商以较低的网络部署成本就可开展手机电视业务。In the 4G network, MBMS and eMBMS are introduced for group communication. eMBMS is an evolution of MBMS. MBMS supports two modes of multimedia broadcast service and multicast service. It can broadcast multimedia video information directly to all users or send it to one user. Group subscription subscription users can watch, which can help operators develop a variety of commercial applications such as multimedia advertisements, free and pay TV channels, and MMS group sending. Operators can develop mobile TV services with lower network deployment costs.
为了实现组播业务,在现有4G网络的基础上,引入了广播多播服务中心(Broadcast Multicast Service Center,BM-SC)、MBMS网关(MBMS-Gateway,MBMS-GW)等功能实体。图3为现有支持MBMS的4G网络的架构示意图,如图3所示,应用域(application domain)中的组通信应用服务器(Group Communication service Application Server,GCS AS)向UE提供基本业务和补充业务、多媒体会议、融合通讯、短信网关、标准话务台等业务。In order to realize the multicast service, on the basis of the existing 4G network, functional entities such as Broadcast Multicast Service Center (BM-SC) and MBMS Gateway (MBMS-Gateway, MBMS-GW) are introduced. Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the existing 4G network architecture that supports MBMS. As shown in Figure 3, the Group Communication Service Application Server (GCS AS) in the application domain provides basic services and supplementary services to the UE , Multimedia conferences, converged communications, SMS gateways, standard attendant consoles and other services.
GCS AS可以通过两种方式向UE发送数据:单播承载方式和MBMS承载方式。其中,单播承载(或者称为单播路径)对应的路径为:GCS AS->S/P-GW->E-UTRAN(eNB)->UE,即GCS AS通过SGi接口将数据发送给S/P-GW,S/P-GW表示SGW和/或PGW,S/P-GW将该数据发送给E-UTRAN,E-UTRAN将该数据发送给UE。MBMS承载对应的路径为:GCS AS->BM-SC->MBMS-GW->E-UTRAN(eNB)->UE,即GCS AS通过MB2-U接口将数据发送给MBMS-GW,MBMS-GW将该数据发送给E-UTRAN,E-UTRAN将该数据发送给UE。The GCS AS can send data to the UE in two ways: unicast bearer mode and MBMS bearer mode. Among them, the path corresponding to the unicast bearer (or called the unicast path) is: GCS AS->S/P-GW->E-UTRAN(eNB)->UE, that is, GCS AS sends data to S through the SGi interface /P-GW, S/P-GW means SGW and/or PGW, S/P-GW sends the data to E-UTRAN, and E-UTRAN sends the data to UE. The path corresponding to MBMS bearer is: GCS AS->BM-SC->MBMS-GW->E-UTRAN(eNB)->UE, that is, GCS AS sends data to MBMS-GW, MBMS-GW through MB2-U interface The data is sent to E-UTRAN, and E-UTRAN sends the data to the UE.
要通过MBMS承载发送数据,GCS AS首先需要通知BM-SC建立组播承载,建立组播承载的过程将建立MB2-U接口,并建立从BM-SC到MBMS-GW,以及从MBMS-GW到E-UTRAN的接口,并且,通知E-UTRAN建立MBMS空口承载。在MBMS承载建立后,GCS AS可以将组播业务数据通过MBMS承载发送给E-UTRAN,并通过E-UTRAN发送给UE。To send data through the MBMS bearer, GCS AS first needs to notify the BM-SC to establish a multicast bearer. The process of establishing a multicast bearer will establish an MB2-U interface, and establish a connection from BM-SC to MBMS-GW and from MBMS-GW to E-UTRAN interface, and notify E-UTRAN to establish MBMS air interface bearer. After the MBMS bearer is established, the GCS AS can send the multicast service data to the E-UTRAN through the MBMS bearer and to the UE through the E-UTRAN.
在4G网络中,MBMS有一定的服务区域,即不是所有基站都支持MBMS承载。若有些基站不支持MBMS承载,则无法通过MBMS承载发送组播业务数据,此时,为了保证业务的连续性,将切换为通过单播承载发送数据,即通过分组数据网络(Packet Date Network,PDN)连接发送数据,也就是通过S/P-GW发送数据。In 4G networks, MBMS has a certain service area, that is, not all base stations support MBMS bearer. If some base stations do not support MBMS bearer, they cannot send multicast service data through MBMS bearer. At this time, in order to ensure service continuity, it will switch to sending data through unicast bearer, that is, through packet data network (Packet Date Network, PDN). ) Connect to send data, that is, send data through S/P-GW.
当UE即将或已经移出MBMS服务区域时,UE可向GCS AS发送报告,GCS AS根据该报告获知UE移出或即将移出MBMS服务区域时,可通知UE通过单播承载接收该业务的数据,并且GCS-AS通过Rx接口将该业务(即组通信业务)对应的单播信息发送给PCRF,该过程触发PGW修改或创建承载以便为发送该业务的单播数据准备资源。When the UE is about to or has moved out of the MBMS service area, the UE can send a report to the GCS AS. According to the report, when the GCS AS learns that the UE has moved out or is about to move out of the MBMS service area, it can notify the UE to receive the data of the service through a unicast bearer, and GCS The AS sends the unicast information corresponding to the service (ie group communication service) to the PCRF through the Rx interface, and this process triggers the PGW to modify or create a bearer to prepare resources for sending the unicast data of the service.
相应地,当UE移入MBMS服务区域时,UE也可向GCS AS发送报告,GCS AS根据该报告获知UE移入MBMS服务区域时,可通知UE通过MBMS承载接收该业务的数据,并通过Rx接口触发PGW删除为该业务分配的单播承载的资源。Correspondingly, when the UE moves into the MBMS service area, the UE can also send a report to the GCS AS. According to the report, when the GCS AS learns that the UE moves into the MBMS service area, it can notify the UE to receive the data of the service through the MBMS bearer and trigger it through the Rx interface The PGW deletes the unicast bearer resources allocated for the service.
在图3中,UE与GCS AS间存在信令接口,UE与GCS AS间的信令也通过PDN连接发送,即通过单播承载发送。GSC AS与BM-SC之间包括MB2-U接口和MB2-C接口,其中,MB2-U接口用于传输组播业务数据,MB2-C接口用于传输与组通信业务相关的信令。In Figure 3, there is a signaling interface between the UE and the GCS AS, and the signaling between the UE and the GCS AS is also sent through a PDN connection, that is, sent through a unicast bearer. The GSC AS and the BM-SC include an MB2-U interface and an MB2-C interface, where the MB2-U interface is used to transmit multicast service data, and the MB2-C interface is used to transmit signaling related to group communication services.
当UE位于5G覆盖范围时,UE也可能采用5G组播的方式接收业务数据。如图4所示,当UE以5G组播方式接收业务数据时,组播业务数据可经过组播路径发送,例如,AS(可以是GCS AS)将组播业务数据发送给UPF,并通过UPF与基站间的共享隧道(通过该隧道UPF仅给基站发送一份组播业务数据,基站可将该一份组播业务数据发送给多个UE)将组播业务数据发送给5G基站。When the UE is in the 5G coverage area, the UE may also use 5G multicast to receive service data. As shown in Figure 4, when the UE receives service data in a 5G multicast mode, the multicast service data can be sent through the multicast path. For example, the AS (can be GCS AS) sends the multicast service data to the UPF and passes the UPF The shared tunnel with the base station (through which UPF only sends a copy of multicast service data to the base station, and the base station can send the copy of multicast service data to multiple UEs) sends the multicast service data to the 5G base station.
5G基站可以根据空口条件、收听该业务的终端数量等灵活决定播放方式,该播放方式可以为点到多点(Point to multipoint,PTM)方式或点到点(Point to point,PTP)方式。其中,PTM方式,基站仅发送一份数据,多个终端设备均可接收;PTP方式,基站发送一份数据只能由一个终端设备接收。针对同一组播业务,基站可同时启用PTM和PTP方式,例如,针对UE1、UE2采用PTM,针对UE3采用PTP。The 5G base station can flexibly determine the playback mode according to the air interface conditions and the number of terminals listening to the service. The playback mode can be a point to multipoint (PTM) mode or a point to point (PTP) mode. Among them, in the PTM mode, the base station sends only one piece of data, which can be received by multiple terminal devices; in the PTP mode, one piece of data sent by the base station can only be received by one terminal device. For the same multicast service, the base station can enable PTM and PTP at the same time, for example, PTM is used for UE1 and UE2, and PTP is used for UE3.
5G组播路径包括:AS->UPF->5G AN->UE。在5G网络中也存在单播路径,即PDU会话的路径,单播路径包括:AS->PGW-U+UPF->5G AN->UE。UE与AS间若存在信令,则可通过该单播路径发送信令。The 5G multicast path includes: AS->UPF->5G AN->UE. There is also a unicast path in the 5G network, that is, the path of a PDU session. The unicast path includes: AS->PGW-U+UPF->5G AN->UE. If there is signaling between the UE and the AS, the signaling can be sent through the unicast path.
图4中的UPF可以由PGW-C+SMF控制,或者由其他SMF控制,该UPF可以与PGW-U+UPF是同一个UPF,也可以是一个单独的网元。其中,PGW-U+UPF是一个同时具有用户面功能的PGW(PGW-U)功能以及UPF功能的网元,该PGW-U+UPF可以为具有PGW-U功能和UPF功能的合设网元,也可以由两个物理上独立的网元组成。同样,PGW-C+SMF是一个同时具有控制面功能的PGW(PGW-C)功能以及SMF功能的网元,该PGW-C+SMF可以为具有PGW-C功能和SMF功能的合设网元,也可以由两个物理上独立的网元组成。The UPF in Figure 4 can be controlled by PGW-C+SMF, or controlled by other SMFs. The UPF and PGW-U+UPF can be the same UPF, or it can be a separate network element. Among them, PGW-U+UPF is a network element with both PGW (PGW-U) and UPF functions with user plane functions. The PGW-U+UPF can be a combined network element with PGW-U and UPF functions. , It can also be composed of two physically independent network elements. Similarly, PGW-C+SMF is a network element with both PGW (PGW-C) and SMF functions with control plane functions. The PGW-C+SMF can be a combined network element with PGW-C and SMF functions. , It can also be composed of two physically independent network elements.
已有方案中,在4G网络中UE可以在MBMS承载和单播承载中切换,同样,在5G网络中UE也可以在5G组播路径和单播路径中切换。但是,当UE从4G的MBMS区域移动到5G基站的覆盖范围时,如何使得UE切换到5G的过程中,UE通过MBMS接收的组播业务数据在切换过程中保持业务的连续性。In the existing solutions, the UE can switch between the MBMS bearer and the unicast bearer in the 4G network. Similarly, the UE can also switch between the 5G multicast path and the unicast path in the 5G network. However, when the UE moves from the 4G MBMS area to the coverage area of the 5G base station, how to make the UE switch to the 5G process, the multicast service data received by the UE through the MBMS maintain service continuity during the switch process.
本申请实施例一种组播业务切换的方法,该方法可以保证UE从MBMS区域移动到5G网络后,UE通过MBMS承载接收的组播业务数据在切换过程中保持业务的连续性。图5为本申请方法适用的网络架构的示意图,如图5所示,当5G网络和4G网 络互通时,单播路径上的PGW-C与SMF合设,称为PGW-C+SMF,PGW-U与UPF合设,称为PGW-U+UPF。4G网络中的PCRF由PCF代替,PCF与PGW-C+SMF间存在接口,以便接收PCC规则。An embodiment of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services, which can ensure that after the UE moves from the MBMS area to the 5G network, the multicast service data received by the UE through the MBMS bearer maintains service continuity during the switching process. Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture to which the application method is applicable. As shown in Figure 5, when the 5G network and the 4G network are interoperable, the PGW-C and SMF on the unicast path are co-located, called PGW-C+SMF, PGW -U and UPF are co-located, called PGW-U+UPF. The PCRF in the 4G network is replaced by the PCF, and there is an interface between the PCF and PGW-C+SMF to receive the PCC rules.
图5所示架构中,MBMS承载对应的路径与图3所示4G网络中的MBMS承载对应的路径相同,图5所示5G组播路径与图4所示5G网络中的5G组播路径相同。In the architecture shown in Figure 5, the path corresponding to the MBMS bearer is the same as the path corresponding to the MBMS bearer in the 4G network shown in Figure 3, and the 5G multicast path shown in Figure 5 is the same as the 5G multicast path in the 5G network shown in Figure 4 .
在5G网络中,在一种可能的实现方式中,只有特定UPF与AS间存在接口,即AS只能将组播业务数据发送给特定的UPF,在该实现方式中,终端设备的PDU会话的PGW-U+UPF可能无法直接从AS接收组播业务的数据,此时,若通过PDU会话发送该组播业务的数据,则PGW-U+UPF需要从这些特定的UPF接收组播业务的数据,即,需要建立从特定的UPF到PGW-U+UPF的路径。为了支持通过5G组播路径发送的组播业务可以切换到经过4G网络发送,在一种实现方式中,本申请实施例将组播业务在4G网络的单播承载对应的路径进行了修改,在图3所示的4G网络架构中,组播业务在4G网络的单播路径为AS(GCS AS)->S/P-GW->eNB->UE,在图5所示的系统架构图中,组播业务在4G网络的单播路径改为:AS->UPF->S/P-GW->eNB->UE,即在图5所示架构中,组播业务在4G网络的单播路径需要经过UPF。需要说明的是,图5所述的系统架构图中,与现有技术不同的是,通过4G的单播路径所发送的组播业务的数据包的目的地址为该组播业务的组播地址,而不是终端设备的地址。In a 5G network, in a possible implementation, there is only an interface between a specific UPF and the AS, that is, the AS can only send multicast service data to the specific UPF. In this implementation, the PDU session of the terminal device PGW-U+UPF may not be able to receive multicast service data directly from AS. At this time, if the multicast service data is sent through a PDU session, PGW-U+UPF needs to receive multicast service data from these specific UPFs That is, a path from a specific UPF to PGW-U+UPF needs to be established. In order to support that the multicast service sent through the 5G multicast path can be switched to be sent through the 4G network, in an implementation manner, the embodiment of the application modifies the path corresponding to the unicast bearer of the multicast service on the 4G network. In the 4G network architecture shown in Figure 3, the unicast path of the multicast service in the 4G network is AS (GCS AS)->S/P-GW->eNB->UE. In the system architecture diagram shown in Figure 5 , The unicast path of the multicast service in the 4G network is changed to: AS->UPF->S/P-GW->eNB->UE, that is, in the architecture shown in Figure 5, the multicast service is unicast in the 4G network The path needs to go through UPF. It should be noted that, in the system architecture diagram shown in FIG. 5, the difference from the prior art is that the destination address of the multicast service data packet sent through the 4G unicast path is the multicast address of the multicast service , Not the address of the terminal device.
另外,现有技术中(即图3所示的架构图中),GCS AS通过4G网络中的单播承载发送的组播业务数据的目的地址是单播地址(即终端设备的地址),通过MBMS承载发送的组播业务数据的目的地址是组播地址。而图5所示的架构图中,在4G网络中,AS通过单播承载或MBMS承载发送的组播业务数据的目的地址是相同,即目的地址均为该组播业务的组播地址。In addition, in the prior art (ie, the architecture diagram shown in Figure 3), the destination address of the multicast service data sent by the GCS AS through the unicast bearer in the 4G network is the unicast address (that is, the address of the terminal device). The destination address of the multicast service data sent by the MBMS is the multicast address. In the architecture diagram shown in FIG. 5, in a 4G network, the destination addresses of the multicast service data sent by the AS through the unicast bearer or the MBMS bearer are the same, that is, the destination addresses are all the multicast addresses of the multicast service.
在实际部署时,图5所示的UPF与PGW-U+UPF可能是合设的也可能是不合设的,本申请实施例不对此进行限制,如果UPF与PGW-U+UPF合设,则不存在上述从UPF到PGW-U+UPF的路径。In actual deployment, the UPF and PGW-U+UPF shown in Figure 5 may be co-located or not. The embodiment of this application does not limit this. If UPF and PGW-U+UPF are co-located, then There is no such path from UPF to PGW-U+UPF.
本申请实施例中,4G组播方式(或者称为4G组播路径)采用MBMS承载传输数据,4G单播方式(或者称为4G单播路径)采用单播承载传输数据,单播承载通过PDN连接传输数据,这里的单播承载是指演进分组系统承载EPS(Evolved Packet System bearer,EPS bearer)承载。5G组播方式采用5G组播会话(或称为5G组播路径)传输数据,实际由5G组播会话中的组播QoS流传输数据,5G单播方式采用PDU会话传输,实际由PDU会话中的单播QoS流传输数据。In the embodiments of this application, the 4G multicast mode (or 4G multicast path) uses MBMS to carry data, and the 4G unicast mode (or 4G unicast path) uses unicast to transmit data, and the unicast bearer uses PDN. Connect to transmit data. The unicast bearer here refers to the Evolved Packet System bearer (EPS bearer) bearer. The 5G multicast mode uses 5G multicast sessions (or called 5G multicast paths) to transmit data. The data is actually transmitted by the multicast QoS stream in the 5G multicast session. The 5G unicast mode uses PDU session transmission, and the data is actually transmitted by the PDU session. Unicast QoS streaming data.
另外,本申请实施例中以组播业务为例进行说明,但是,本申请实施例的方法也适用于广播业务,可以将组播替换为广播。In addition, the embodiment of the present application takes a multicast service as an example for description, but the method of the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to the broadcast service, and the multicast can be replaced with the broadcast.
基于图3或图5所示的系统架构,本申请实施例一提供一种组播业务切换的方法,本实施例以第一网络为4G网络,第二网络为5G网络为例,但是,第一网络和第二网络不限于4G网络和5G网络,还可以是其他支持组播业务的网络,例如,随着网络的演进,第二网络还可以为下一代网络。图6为本申请实施例一提供的组播业务切换的方法的流程图,如图6所示,本实施例提供的方法包括以下步骤:Based on the system architecture shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 5, Embodiment 1 of the present application provides a method for switching multicast services. In this embodiment, the first network is a 4G network and the second network is a 5G network. However, the first The first network and the second network are not limited to 4G networks and 5G networks, and may also be other networks that support multicast services. For example, as the network evolves, the second network may also be a next-generation network. FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 1 of this application. As shown in FIG. 6, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
S101、第一会话管理网元接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示通过单播 承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包。S101. The first session management network element receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct to send a data packet of a service to a terminal device located in a first network through a unicast bearer.
该终端设备当前采用组播方式接收业务的数据,其中,该第一会话管理网元可以为PGW-C+SMF,该第一指示信息是PCF从AS接收到第二消息后发送给PGW-C+SMF,或者是AS直接发送给PGW-C+SMF的。当AS获知终端设备当前所在的该业务的MBMS区域的信号弱的情况下,或者,AS确定终端设备即将或者已经从该业务的MBMS区域移出的情况下,AS直接向PGW-C+SMF发送第一指示信息,或者,AS向PCF发送第二消息后,由PCF向PGW-C+SMF发送第一指示信息。The terminal device currently receives service data in a multicast manner, where the first session management network element may be PGW-C+SMF, and the first indication information is sent to PGW-C after the PCF receives the second message from the AS +SMF, or directly sent by AS to PGW-C+SMF. When the AS learns that the terminal equipment is currently located in the MBMS area of the service in the case of weak signal, or the AS determines that the terminal equipment is about to or has moved out of the MBMS area of the service, the AS directly sends the first message to the PGW-C+SMF One indication information, or after the AS sends the second message to the PCF, the PCF sends the first indication information to the PGW-C+SMF.
AS可通过接收终端设备的第一报告确定终端设备即将或已经从该业务的MBMS区域移出,或者,获知终端设备当前所在的该业务的MBMS区域的信号弱,其中,第一报告用于指示终端设备移出或即将移出该业务的MBMS区域,或终端设备当前所在的该业务的MBMS区域的信号弱。The AS can determine that the terminal device is about to or has moved out of the MBMS area of the service by receiving the first report of the terminal device, or knows that the signal of the MBMS area of the service where the terminal device is currently located is weak, where the first report is used to indicate the terminal The device moves out or is about to move out of the MBMS area of the service, or the signal of the MBMS area of the service where the terminal device is currently located is weak.
该第一指示信息用于指示第一会话管理网元采用单播承载向位于第一网络中的终端发送业务的数据包,或者,用于指示为第一网络中的终端设备的业务分配单播承载,或者,该第一指示信息用于指示将终端设备的业务从MBMS承载切换到或者迁移到单播承载。The first indication information is used to instruct the first session management network element to use unicast bearer to send service data packets to the terminal located in the first network, or to instruct to allocate unicast to the service of the terminal device in the first network Bearer, or, the first indication information is used to instruct to switch or migrate the service of the terminal device from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer.
其中,通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包分为两种情况:Among them, there are two situations in which service data packets are sent to terminal devices located in the first network through unicast bearer:
情况一,基于图5架构,AS所发送的业务的数据包中包括业务的数据和目标地址,该目标地址是该业务的组播地址。Case 1: Based on the architecture of Figure 5, the service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is the multicast address of the service.
情况二,基于图5架构,AS所发送的业务的数据包中包括业务的数据和目标地址,该目标地址是终端设备的IP地址。Case 2: Based on the architecture of Figure 5, the service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is the IP address of the terminal device.
针对上述情况一,该第一指示信息中还可以包括第一规则,或者,第一指示信息与第一规则一起被发送给第一会话管理网元,或者,第一指示信息为第一规则。该第一规则可以是AS采用情况一的方式发送业务的数据时该业务所对应的策略控制和计费(Policy Control and Charging,PCC)规则,相应的,第一指示信息用于指示第一会话管理网元根据该第一规则创建单播承载。第一规则是PCF根据第一描述信息确定的,第一描述信息是该业务通过情况一方式发送时所对应的业务信息,包括业务的识别信息和对应的QoS参数。业务的识别信息用于识别该业务,例如,可以包括该业务的数据包的源或目的地址、源或目的端口号、协议号中的任意一项。In view of the above situation 1, the first indication information may further include the first rule, or the first indication information is sent to the first session management network element together with the first rule, or the first indication information is the first rule. The first rule can be the policy control and charging (Policy Control and Charging, PCC) rule corresponding to the service when the AS sends the service data in the case 1 mode. Correspondingly, the first indication information is used to indicate the first session The management network element creates a unicast bearer according to the first rule. The first rule is determined by the PCF according to the first description information. The first description information is the corresponding service information when the service is sent in the case one mode, including service identification information and corresponding QoS parameters. The identification information of the service is used to identify the service. For example, it may include any one of the source or destination address, source or destination port number, and protocol number of the data packet of the service.
在一种可能的方法中,第一会话管理网元在接收第一指示信息之前已经获取了第一规则,在这种情况下,第一指示信息不包括第一规则,第一指示信息中包括该业务的标识信息,以便第一会话管理网元根据该业务的标识信息确定第一规则和/或第二指示信息,第二指示信息的描述参见S102。该业务的标识信息可以是该业务对应的组播业务标识,或者,该业务对应的单播业务标识,或者其他用于标识该业务的信息,本实施不限定。In a possible method, the first session management network element has acquired the first rule before receiving the first indication information. In this case, the first indication information does not include the first rule, and the first indication information includes The identification information of the service, so that the first session management network element can determine the first rule and/or the second indication information according to the identification information of the service. For a description of the second indication information, refer to S102. The identification information of the service may be the multicast service identification corresponding to the service, or the unicast service identification corresponding to the service, or other information used to identify the service, which is not limited in this implementation.
进一步的,在该情况下,第一规则还可以包括第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示该业务支持组播方式发送。进一步的,第一规则中还包括该业务对应的组播业务标识。在一种实现方式中,第三指示信息为该业务对应的组播业务标识。Further, in this case, the first rule may further include third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission. Further, the first rule also includes the multicast service identifier corresponding to the service. In an implementation manner, the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
针对上述情况二,该第一指示信息还可以包括第二规则,或者,第一指示信息与第二规则一起发送被给第一会话管理网元,或者,第一指示信息为第二规则。该第二 规则可以是AS采用情况二的方式发送业务的数据时该业务所对应的PCC规则,不同于第一规则中可以包括第三指示信息,第二规则中不包括第三指示信息,相应的,第一指示信息用于指示第一会话管理网元根据该第二规则创建单播承载。第二规则是PCF根据第二描述信息确定的,第二描述信息是该业务通过情况二方式发送时所对应的业务信息,包括业务的识别信息和对应的QoS参数。In view of the second situation above, the first indication information may further include the second rule, or the first indication information is sent to the first session management network element together with the second rule, or the first indication information is the second rule. The second rule may be the PCC rule corresponding to the service when the AS uses the second method to send the service data. Unlike the first rule, which may include the third indication information, the second rule does not include the third indication information. Yes, the first indication information is used to instruct the first session management network element to create a unicast bearer according to the second rule. The second rule is determined by the PCF according to the second description information. The second description information is the corresponding service information when the service is sent by the second method, including the identification information of the service and the corresponding QoS parameters.
可以理解,上述情况一和情况二都是基于图5所示的架构,但是二者存在区别:情况一中AS和第一用户面网元之间需要建立第二隧道,情况二中AS和第一用户面网元之间不需要建立第二隧道。It can be understood that the above case 1 and case 2 are both based on the architecture shown in Figure 5, but there are differences between the two: in case 1, a second tunnel needs to be established between the AS and the first user plane network element, and in case 2, the AS and the first There is no need to establish a second tunnel between a user plane network element.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第一会话管理网元接收到第一指示信息之后,从UDM或UDR或第二会话管理网元获取业务的组播QoS流信息,根据业务的组播QoS流信息确定发送业务的单播承载。其中,第一会话管理网元可以根据组播业务标识从UDM或UDR或第二会话管理网元获取业务的组播QoS流信息,该组播业务标识可以是AS或者核心网设备与第一指示信息一起发送给第一会话管理网元,或者,第一指示信息中包括该组播业务标识。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, after receiving the first indication information, the first session management network element obtains service multicast QoS flow information from UDM or UDR or the second session management network element, according to the multicast QoS of the service The flow information determines the unicast bearer of the sending service. Among them, the first session management network element may obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service from the UDM or UDR or the second session management network element according to the multicast service identifier, and the multicast service identifier may be the AS or the core network device and the first indication The information is sent to the first session management network element together, or the first indication information includes the multicast service identifier.
业务的QoS流信息包括该业务的一个或多个QoS流的信息,其中一个QoS流的信息包括该QoS流的QFI、映射到该QoS流的业务识别信息(例如,五元组或业务标识,其中五元组信息中的目的地址为该业务的组播IP地址)、该QoS流的QoS参数(例如,该QoS流对应的5QI、最大带宽需求等)。The QoS flow information of a service includes the information of one or more QoS flows of the service, and the information of one QoS flow includes the QFI of the QoS flow and the service identification information (for example, five-tuple or service identification, which is mapped to the QoS flow). The destination address in the quintuple information is the multicast IP address of the service), the QoS parameters of the QoS flow (for example, the 5QI corresponding to the QoS flow, the maximum bandwidth requirement, etc.).
可选的,第一会话管理网元还从第二会话管理网元或UDM或UDR接收第八指示信息,该第八指示信息指示用以指示该业务在跨系统切换时需要支持业务连续性,这里业务连续性是指在终端设备移动时尽量保证该业务的数据包不丢包、和/或按序发送等。若第一会话管理网元接收到第八指示信息,则根据组播QoS流的信息确定业务对应的单播QoS流。Optionally, the first session management network element further receives eighth indication information from the second session management network element or UDM or UDR, where the eighth indication information indicates that the service needs to support service continuity during cross-system handover, Here, business continuity refers to ensuring that the data packets of the business are not lost and/or sent in order when the terminal device is moving. If the first session management network element receives the eighth indication information, it determines the unicast QoS flow corresponding to the service according to the information of the multicast QoS flow.
S102、第一会话管理网元根据该第一指示信息,向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示通过该单播承载向该终端设备发送该业务的数据包。S102. The first session management network element sends second instruction information to the first user plane network element according to the first instruction information, where the second instruction information is used to instruct to send the service data to the terminal device through the unicast bearer Bag.
针对上述情况二,第二指示信息中包括AS以情况二方式发送业务的数据时的业务识别信息与第一隧道的信息的第三映射关系。可选的,业务识别信息中包括终端设备的IP地址。第一用户面网元在收到业务的数据包时,根据该数据包的业务识别信息以及该第三映射关系确定发送该数据包的第一隧道的信息。其中,每个单播承载对应一个第一隧道的信息,第一隧道的信息是下行节点的隧道信息,下行节点是SGW或接入网设备(当SGW与其他网元合设时)。Regarding the second case above, the second indication information includes the third mapping relationship between the service identification information and the information of the first tunnel when the AS sends the service data in the second case. Optionally, the service identification information includes the IP address of the terminal device. When the first user plane network element receives the data packet of the service, it determines the information of the first tunnel through which the data packet is sent according to the service identification information of the data packet and the third mapping relationship. Among them, each unicast bearer corresponds to information of a first tunnel, the information of the first tunnel is tunnel information of a downlink node, and the downlink node is an SGW or an access network device (when the SGW is co-located with other network elements).
针对上述情况一,第二指示信息包括AS以情况一的方式发送业务的数据时的业务识别信息与第一隧道的信息的第二映射关系,或者,业务的组播QoS流的标识QFI与第一隧道的信息的第一映射关系。针对图5所述的架构,当单播路径为AS->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE时,第二指示信息中包括该第二映射关系;针对图5所示的架构,当单播路径为AS->UPF->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE时,第二指示信息中包括该第一映射关系,该第一映射关系用于第一用户面网元根据从UPF收到的数据包中的QFI确定发送该数据包所使用的第一隧道的信息,即确定该数据包对应的单播承载。其中,每个单播承载对应一个第一隧道的信息,第一隧道的信息是下行节点的隧道信 息,下行节点是SGW或接入网设备(当SGW与其他网元合设时)。Regarding the above case 1, the second indication information includes the second mapping relationship between the service identification information and the information of the first tunnel when the AS sends the service data in the case 1, or the identifier QFI of the multicast QoS flow of the service and the first tunnel. The first mapping relationship of information of a tunnel. For the architecture shown in Figure 5, when the unicast path is AS->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE, the second indication information includes the second mapping relationship; for the architecture shown in Figure 5, when When the unicast path is AS->UPF->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE, the second indication information includes the first mapping relationship, and the first mapping relationship is used by the first user plane network element according to the slave The QFI in the data packet received by the UPF determines the information of the first tunnel used to send the data packet, that is, determines the unicast bearer corresponding to the data packet. Among them, each unicast bearer corresponds to the information of a first tunnel, the information of the first tunnel is the tunnel information of the downlink node, and the downlink node is the SGW or the access network equipment (when the SGW is co-located with other network elements).
当单播路径为AS->UPF->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE时,进一步的,第二指示信息还用于获取第二隧道的信息,第二隧道的信息用于第一用户面网元从第二用户面网元或应用服务器接收业务的数据包,作为响应消息,第一会话管理网元从第一用户面网元接收第二隧道的信息,并将第二隧道的信息发送给第二用户面网元或AS。When the unicast path is AS->UPF->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE, further, the second indication information is also used to obtain the information of the second tunnel, and the information of the second tunnel is used for the first The user plane network element receives the service data packet from the second user plane network element or the application server. As a response message, the first session management network element receives the information of the second tunnel from the first user plane network element, and connects the information of the second tunnel The information is sent to the second user plane network element or AS.
或者,当单播路径为AS->UPF->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE时,第二指示信息还包括第二隧道信息,以便第一用户面网元从第二隧道接收到数据包后,根据该第一映射关系确定发送该数据包所使用的第一隧道信息。Or, when the unicast path is AS->UPF->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE, the second indication information also includes second tunnel information, so that the first user plane network element can receive from the second tunnel After the data packet, the first tunnel information used to send the data packet is determined according to the first mapping relationship.
除此之外,第一会话管理单元还请求其他节点创建单播承载,例如,PGW-C+SMF给SMF发送消息,以便创建单播承载,相应的,SGW给MME发送消息,MME给接入网设备发送消息,以便创建单播承载。由于上述方法与现有技术相同,本实施例不再赘述。In addition, the first session management unit also requests other nodes to create unicast bearers. For example, PGW-C+SMF sends a message to SMF to create a unicast bearer. Correspondingly, SGW sends a message to MME, and MME sends a message to access. The network device sends a message to create a unicast bearer. Since the above method is the same as the prior art, it will not be repeated in this embodiment.
针对上述情况一,当单播路径为AS->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE时,需要建立从AS到PGW-U+UPF的第二隧道,则PGW-C+SMF需要进一步地将第二隧道的信息发送给AS。PGW-C+SMF可以在第五通知消息中携带第二隧道的信息,第五通知消息用于通知AS使用该第二隧道的信息发送该业务的数据。进一步的,第五通知消息还用于通知用于发送业务的数据的单播承载已建立,AS还可根据该第五通知消息,向终端设备发送第六通知消息,该第六通知消息用于通知终端设备使用该单播承载接收该业务的数据。For the above situation 1, when the unicast path is AS->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE, the second tunnel from AS to PGW-U+UPF needs to be established, then PGW-C+SMF needs further Send the information of the second tunnel to the AS. The PGW-C+SMF may carry the information of the second tunnel in the fifth notification message, and the fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the information of the second tunnel to send the data of the service. Further, the fifth notification message is also used to notify that a unicast bearer for sending service data has been established, and the AS may also send a sixth notification message to the terminal device according to the fifth notification message, and the sixth notification message is used for Notify the terminal device to use the unicast bearer to receive the data of the service.
针对上述情况一,当单播路径为AS->UPF->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE时,第一会话管理网元将第二隧道的信息发送给第二用户面网元,包括,若第一会话管理网元是管理第二用户面网元的会话管理网元,则第一会话管理网元直接将第二隧道的信息发送给第二用户面网元;若第一会话管理网元不是管理第二用户面网元的会话管理网元,则第一会话管理网元将第二隧道的信息发送给管理第二用户面网元的会话管理网元,由该管理第二用户面网元的会话管理网元将第二隧道的信息发送给第二用户面网元。For the above situation 1, when the unicast path is AS->UPF->PGW-U+UPF->eNB->UE, the first session management network element sends the information of the second tunnel to the second user plane network element, Including, if the first session management network element is a session management network element that manages the second user plane network element, the first session management network element directly sends the information of the second tunnel to the second user plane network element; if the first session The management network element is not the session management network element that manages the second user plane network element, then the first session management network element sends the information of the second tunnel to the session management network element that manages the second user plane network element, and the second user plane network element is managed by the second tunnel management network element. The session management network element of the user plane network element sends the information of the second tunnel to the second user plane network element.
S103、当终端设备通过第二网络接入时,第一会话管理网元将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话。S103: When the terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
需要说明的是,为了支持将通过第一网络的MBMS承载发送的该业务的数据切换到经过第二网络发送并保持业务的连续性,在本实施例中,在将终端设备切换到第二网络之前先将该业务的数据从通过MBMS承载发送给终端设备切换为经过单播承载(即EPS承载)发送给终端设备。具体通过步骤S101和S102完成。为了使得终端设备及时发送第一报告,以便有足够的时间将业务切换到经过单播承载后再切换到第二网络,可以给终端设备配置恰当的MBMS信号强度阈值,当终端设备检测到MBMS信号低于该阈值时,终端设备发送第一报告。It should be noted that, in order to support the switching of the service data sent through the MBMS bearer of the first network to the second network and maintain service continuity, in this embodiment, the terminal device is switched to the second network. Previously, the data of the service was switched from being sent to the terminal device via the MBMS bearer to being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer (that is, the EPS bearer). Specifically, it is completed through steps S101 and S102. In order to enable the terminal device to send the first report in time, so as to have enough time to switch the service to the second network after the unicast bearer, the terminal device can be configured with an appropriate MBMS signal strength threshold. When the terminal device detects the MBMS signal When it is lower than the threshold, the terminal device sends the first report.
本实施例中,提供如下三种业务切换方式实现组播业务的切换:In this embodiment, the following three service switching methods are provided to implement the switching of multicast services:
第一种组播业务切换方式:在终端设备从第一网络切换到第二网络的切换过程中,第一会话管理单元将该业务的数据包从通过单播承载发送给终端设备切换到经过PDU会话发送给终端设备,在终端设备从第一网络切换到第二网络之后,第一会话管理网元将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话,该业务的数据包从经过该PDU会话发送给 终端切换到经过该组播会话发送给终端设备。The first multicast service switching method: During the switching process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, the first session management unit switches the data packet of the service from sending to the terminal device via a unicast bearer to passing the PDU The session is sent to the terminal device. After the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, and the data packet of the service is sent to The terminal switches to send to the terminal device through the multicast session.
其中,PDU会话为第二网络中的单播路径,以第一网络为4G网络,第二网络为5G网络为例,该方式将通过MBMS承载传输的数据包先从MBMS承载切换到4G网络的单播路径,再从4G网络的单播路径切换到5G网络的单播路径,再从5G网络的单播路径切换到5G网络的组播路径,从而保证终端设备的业务从经过4G网络MBMS承载传输向经过5G网络组播会话传输的切换过程中,该组播业务的连续性。其中,从4G网络的单播路径切换到5G网络的单播路径可参见现有技术中4G到5G的切换流程的描述,不再赘述。Among them, the PDU session is a unicast path in the second network. Taking the first network as a 4G network and the second network as a 5G network as an example, this method will first switch the data packets transmitted through the MBMS bearer from the MBMS bearer to the 4G network. The unicast path is switched from the unicast path of the 4G network to the unicast path of the 5G network, and then from the unicast path of the 5G network to the multicast path of the 5G network, so as to ensure that the service of the terminal equipment is carried by the MBMS of the 4G network The continuity of the multicast service during the switching process from the transmission to the multicast session transmission through the 5G network. For switching from the unicast path of the 4G network to the unicast path of the 5G network, please refer to the description of the 4G to 5G switching process in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
5G组播会话包括5G组播路径,5G组播会话还可以包括一个或多个QoS流,不同的QoS流用于发送有不同QoS需求的业务数据,当然,5G组播会话还可以包括每个QoS流对应的QoS参数等信息,不限定。5G multicast sessions include 5G multicast paths. 5G multicast sessions can also include one or more QoS streams. Different QoS streams are used to send service data with different QoS requirements. Of course, 5G multicast sessions can also include each QoS. Information such as QoS parameters corresponding to the flow is not limited.
第二种组播业务切换方式:在终端设备从第一网络向第二网络切换过程中,第一会话管理网元将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话,该业务的数据包从经过该第一网络的单播承载发送给终端设备切换到经过该组播会话发送给终端设备。The second multicast service switching method: during the switching of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, and the data packets of the service pass through the The unicast bearer of the first network is sent to the terminal device and is switched to be sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
第二种切换方式相对于第一种切换方式,第一会话管理网元直接将该业务的数据包从第一网络的单播承载切换到第二网络的组播会话,不需要先从第一网络的单播承载切换到第二网络的单播承载,再从第二网络的单播承载切换到第二网络的组播会话。Compared with the first switching method, the second switching method directly switches the data packet of the service from the unicast bearer of the first network to the multicast session of the second network by the first session management network element. The unicast bearer of the network is switched to the unicast bearer of the second network, and then the unicast bearer of the second network is switched to the multicast session of the second network.
上述两种切换方式,都能够保证终端设备从第一网络向第二网络切换过程中,该组播业务的连续性。Both of the foregoing two switching methods can ensure the continuity of the multicast service during the switching process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network.
第一会话管理网元将终端设备加入该组播会话之前,第一会话管理网元还需要确定该业务是否支持通过第二网络的组播方式发送,以及终端设备在第二网络中是否支持组播。当该业务支持通过第二网络的组播方式发送,且终端设备在第二网络中支持组播的情况下,第一会话管理网元将终端设备加入该业务在第二网络中的组播会话。Before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, the first session management network element also needs to determine whether the service supports multicast transmission through the second network, and whether the terminal device supports grouping in the second network. broadcast. When the service supports multicast transmission through the second network, and the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session of the service in the second network .
第一会话管理网元可以通过如下方式确定该业务是否支持通过第二网络的组播方式发送:第一会话管理网元接收第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示该业务支持组播方式发送。进一步的,第三指示信息还包括该业务的组播业务标识,或者,第三指示信息为组播业务的标识。The first session management network element can determine whether the service supports multicast transmission through the second network in the following manner: the first session management network element receives the third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports the multicast mode send. Further, the third indication information further includes the multicast service identifier of the service, or the third indication information is the multicast service identifier.
在一种实现方式中,上述第一规则中包括第三指示信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing first rule includes third indication information.
以第一规则为PCC规则为例,PCF将第一规则发送给第一会话管理网元。第三指示信息可以通过显式方式或者隐式方式指示该业务支持第二网络的组播方式发送,显式方式中该第三指示信息为PCC规则中一个新增的指示,例如,PCF可以在每个业务所对应的PCC规则中增加一个是否支持组播方式发送的指示,或者,PCF在支持组播业务的业务所对应的PCC规则中增加一个指示组播方式发送的指示。可选的,若业务支持组播方式发送,PCC规则中还包括组播业务标识。例如,组播业务标识可以是该业务的临时移动组身份(Temporary Mobile Group Identity,TMGI)或者该业务在第二网络中以组播方式播放时的组播地址或者其他用于标识该组播业务的标识,不限定。Taking the first rule as the PCC rule as an example, the PCF sends the first rule to the first session management network element. The third indication information can be explicitly or implicitly indicated that the service supports multicast transmission of the second network. In the explicit way, the third indication information is a newly added indication in the PCC rules. For example, the PCF can be The PCC rule corresponding to each service adds an indication of whether to support multicast sending, or the PCF adds an indication of multicast sending to the PCC rule corresponding to the service supporting the multicast service. Optionally, if the service supports multicast transmission, the PCC rule also includes a multicast service identifier. For example, the multicast service identifier may be the temporary mobile group identity (TMGI) of the service or the multicast address used to identify the multicast service when the service is played in multicast in the second network. The logo is not limited.
隐式方式中可以通过组播业务标识指示业务是否支持组播方式发送,当该业务的PCC规则中包括该业务的组播业务标识时,第一会话管理网元确定该业务支持组播方式发送。或者,当PCC规则中包括的业务的目的地址为组播地址时,确定该业务支持 组播方式发送。In the implicit method, the multicast service identifier can be used to indicate whether the service supports multicast transmission. When the service’s multicast service identifier is included in the PCC rules of the service, the first session management network element determines that the service supports multicast transmission. . Or, when the destination address of the service included in the PCC rule is a multicast address, it is determined that the service supports multicast transmission.
可选的,第三指示信息也可以不携带在PCC规则中,而是由AS直接发送给PGW-C+SMF,AS可以将第三指示信息携带在业务信息中发送给PGW-C+SMF,业务信息中可以包括业务的描述信息(例如,IP地址、端口号、协议号等五元组信息)和QoS需求信息(例如,带宽需求、时延需求等)。Optionally, the third indication information may not be carried in the PCC rules, but directly sent by the AS to the PGW-C+SMF, and the AS may carry the third indication information in the service information and send it to the PGW-C+SMF, The service information may include service description information (for example, five-tuple information such as IP address, port number, and protocol number) and QoS requirement information (for example, bandwidth requirement, delay requirement, etc.).
在一种实现方式中,第一指示信息可以和第一规则携带在同一个消息中发送给第一会话管理网元,或者,第一规则也可以作为第一指示信息,即通过第一规则来指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包。In an implementation manner, the first indication information and the first rule may be carried in the same message and sent to the first session management network element, or the first rule may also be used as the first indication information, that is, the first rule Instructs to send a data packet of a service to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer.
在另外一种实现方式中,第一指示信息和该第一规则携带在不同的消息中,第一会话管理网元可以在接收第一指示信息之前接收该第一规则。在该实现方式中,第一指示信息包括该业务的标识信息,该业务的标识信息可以是该业务所对应的组播业务标识。第一会话管理网元可以在PDN连接建立过程中,或者,在第一次以第一网络的单播承载方式给终端设备发送该业务的数据时获得第一规则,例如,在上述时机,AS将该业务的信息发送给PCF,该业务的信息中包括用于指示该业务是否支持组播方式发送的指示信息以及该业务以情况一(数据包的目的地址为组播地址)方式发送时的描述信息,该描述信息包括情况一中该业务的至少一个数据业务流的识别信息和其对应的QoS需求信息,PCF根据业务的信息生成该第一规则发送给第一会话管理网元。In another implementation manner, the first indication information and the first rule are carried in different messages, and the first session management network element may receive the first rule before receiving the first indication information. In this implementation manner, the first indication information includes identification information of the service, and the identification information of the service may be a multicast service identification corresponding to the service. The first session management network element may obtain the first rule during the establishment of the PDN connection, or when it sends the data of the service to the terminal device in the unicast bearer mode of the first network for the first time. For example, at the above timing, the AS Send the service information to the PCF. The service information includes the indication information used to indicate whether the service supports multicast transmission and the information when the service is sent in case 1 (the destination address of the data packet is the multicast address) Descriptive information, where the descriptive information includes identification information of at least one data service flow of the service in case one and its corresponding QoS requirement information, and the PCF generates the first rule according to the service information and sends it to the first session management network element.
进一步的,第一会话管理网元确定终端设备在第二网络中支持组播,可通过如下方式:Further, the first session management network element may determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network in the following manner:
第一会话管理网元可以在终端设备建立PDN连接的过程中,接收终端设备发送的组播能力指示信息,该组播能力指示信息用于指示终端设备在第二网络中的组播能力,第一会话管理网元根据该组播能力指示信息确定终端设备在第二网络中支持组播。The first session management network element may receive the multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device during the process of establishing the PDN connection of the terminal device, where the multicast capability indication information is used to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network. A session management network element determines, according to the multicast capability indication information, that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
示例性的,该能力指示信息包括在终端设备的会话管理能力信息中。终端设备可以通过一个或者多个比特位的指示信息指示终端设备是否支持组播业务。例如,终端设备通过一个比特位的指示信息指示终端设备是否支持组播业务,当该比特位的取值为1时,指示终端设备在第二网络中支持组播业务,当该比特位的取值为0时,指示终端设备在第二网络中不支持组播业务。Exemplarily, the capability indication information is included in the session management capability information of the terminal device. The terminal device can indicate whether the terminal device supports the multicast service through one or more bits of indication information. For example, the terminal device indicates whether the terminal device supports the multicast service through a bit of indication information. When the value of this bit is 1, it indicates that the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network. When the value is 0, it indicates that the terminal device does not support the multicast service in the second network.
或者,当终端设备在第二网络中不支持组播业务时,终端设备在建立PDN连接的过程中,不携带该组播能力指示信息。第一会话管理单元在终端设备建立PDN连接的过程中,如果没有接收到该组播能力指示信息,则确定终端设备在第二网络中不支持组播业务,如果接收到该组播能力指示信息,则确定终端设备在第二网络中支持组播业务。Or, when the terminal device does not support the multicast service in the second network, the terminal device does not carry the multicast capability indication information during the process of establishing the PDN connection. During the process of establishing the PDN connection of the terminal device, the first session management unit determines that the terminal device does not support the multicast service in the second network if the multicast capability indication information is not received, and if the multicast capability indication information is received , It is determined that the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network.
第一会话管理网元确定将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话之后,该组播会话可能已经建立,也可能没有建立。如果该组播会话没有建立,则第一会话管理网元触发建立该组播会话。第一会话管理网元触发建立组播会话可参见现有技术的描述,本实施例不赘述。After the first session management network element determines that the terminal device is added to the multicast session corresponding to the service, the multicast session may or may not have been established. If the multicast session is not established, the first session management network element triggers the establishment of the multicast session. For triggering the establishment of a multicast session by the first session management network element, reference may be made to the description of the prior art, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
一种实现方式中,第一会话管理网元接收AMF发送的请求消息,该请求消息用于创建或更新PDU会话,第一会话管理网元确定通过单播承载发送的该业务支持组播方式发送,且终端设备在第二网络中支持组播业务,则第一会话管理网元指示第二网 络中的目标接入网设备将终端设备加入该组播会话。In one implementation, the first session management network element receives a request message sent by the AMF. The request message is used to create or update a PDU session. The first session management network element determines that the service sent via a unicast bearer supports multicast transmission. , And the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network, the first session management network element instructs the target access network device in the second network to add the terminal device to the multicast session.
示例性的,该请求消息为创建会话请求消息或更新会话请求消息。在上述第一种组播业务切换方式中,该请求消息可以为更新会话请求消息,且该请求消息指示切换完成,第一会话管理网元在收到该请求消息后指示第二网络中的目标接入网设备将终端设备加入该组播会话,即,第一会话管理网元在切换完成后指示第二网络中的目标接入网设备将终端设备加入该组播会话。Exemplarily, the request message is a session creation request message or an update session request message. In the foregoing first multicast service switching method, the request message may be an update session request message, and the request message indicates that the switching is complete, and the first session management network element indicates the target in the second network after receiving the request message The access network device adds the terminal device to the multicast session, that is, the first session management network element instructs the target access network device in the second network to add the terminal device to the multicast session after the handover is completed.
在上述第二种组播业务切换方式中,该请求消息可以为创建会话请求消息,且该请求消息可以指示切换准备,第一会话管理网元指示第二网络中的目标接入网设备将终端设备加入该组播会话的消息包括在切换请求(HO request)消息中发送给目标接入网设备,即,第一会话管理网元在切换准备阶段指示第二网络中的目标接入网设备将终端设备加入该组播会话。该切换请求消息中包括第七指示信息,该第七指示信息用于指示将终端设备加入业务对应的组播会话,目标接入网设备在收到该切换请求消息后,根据该切换请求消息中的第七指示信息为终端设备分配用于通过组播会话接收该业务的数据的无线资源,并将该无线资源封装在透明容器中,发送给第一网络中的源接入网设备,由源接入网设备将该无线资源发送给终端设备,以便终端设备可以根据该无线资源从目标接入网设备接收业务的数据。In the foregoing second multicast service switching method, the request message may be a session creation request message, and the request message may indicate handover preparation. The first session management network element instructs the target access network device in the second network to set the terminal The message for the device to join the multicast session is included in the HO request message and sent to the target access network device, that is, the first session management network element instructs the target access network device in the second network to set The terminal device joins the multicast session. The handover request message includes seventh indication information. The seventh indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service. After receiving the handover request message, the target access network device will perform the The seventh indication information of the terminal device allocates wireless resources for receiving the data of the service through the multicast session, and encapsulates the wireless resources in a transparent container, and sends it to the source access network device in the first network. The access network device sends the wireless resource to the terminal device so that the terminal device can receive service data from the target access network device according to the wireless resource.
以第一会话管理网元为PGW-C+SMF,第一网络为4G网络,第二网络为5G网络为例,PGW-C+SMF还获取该业务在5G中以组播方式发送时的组播QoS流的参数,在指示第二网络中的目标接入网设备将终端设备加入该组播会话的过程中,或者,在指示第二网络中的目标接入网设备将终端设备加入该组播会话之前,将该组播QoS流的参数发送给该目标接入网设备。Taking the first session management network element as PGW-C+SMF, the first network is a 4G network, and the second network is a 5G network as an example, PGW-C+SMF also obtains the group when the service is sent by multicast in 5G Broadcast the parameters of the QoS flow, in the process of instructing the target access network device in the second network to join the terminal device to the multicast session, or instructing the target access network device in the second network to add the terminal device to the group Before the session is broadcast, the parameters of the multicast QoS flow are sent to the target access network device.
针对第一种组播业务切换方式,终端设备加入该组播会话之后,第一会话管理网元通知第一用户面网元停止通过该PDU会话向终端设备发送该业务的数据。For the first multicast service switching method, after the terminal device joins the multicast session, the first session management network element notifies the first user plane network element to stop sending data of the service to the terminal device through the PDU session.
针对上述第一种或第二种组播业务切换方式,在终端设备加入组播会话之后,可选的,第一会话管理网元向AS发送第三通知消息,用于通知该终端设备切换到了第二网络,或者,用于通知AS使用组播会话向终端设备发送该业务的数据。AS在收到第三通知消息后,可选的,响应于第三通知消息,AS向终端设备发送第四通知消息,第四通知消息用于通知终端设备开始使用组播会话接收业务的数据。Regarding the foregoing first or second multicast service switching method, after the terminal device joins the multicast session, optionally, the first session management network element sends a third notification message to the AS to notify the terminal device that the terminal device has switched to The second network is, alternatively, used to notify the AS to use the multicast session to send the data of the service to the terminal device. After the AS receives the third notification message, optionally, in response to the third notification message, the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to start using the multicast session to receive service data.
在第三种组播业务切换方式中,组播业务的数据从MBMS承载切换到单播承载的过程与现有技术相同,或者,第一会话管理网元建立单播承载的过程与现有技术相同,与现有技术不同的是:第一会话管理网元接收AMF发送的指示切换准备或切换完成的指示信息时,向AS发送第一通知消息,该第一通知消息用于通知支持或即将支持以第二网络的组播方式给终端设备发送该业务的数据,或者,用于通知该终端设备切换到或即将切换到第二网络,或者,用于通知AS使用情况一方式给终端设备发送该业务的数据。In the third multicast service switching method, the process of switching the data of the multicast service from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer is the same as the prior art, or the process of establishing the unicast bearer by the first session management network element is the same as the prior art. The same, and the difference from the prior art is that when the first session management network element receives the indication information sent by the AMF indicating the handover preparation or handover completion, it sends a first notification message to the AS. The first notification message is used to notify the support or the upcoming Support to send the service data to the terminal device in the second network multicast mode, or to notify the terminal device to switch to or about to switch to the second network, or to notify the AS using the method to send to the terminal device The data of the business.
可选的,第一会话管理网元向AS发送该第一通知消息之前,第一会话管理网元接收第六指示信息,该第六指示信息用于指示当支持或即将支持以第二网络的组播方式给终端设备发送业务的数据时,或者,该终端设备切换到或即将切换到第二网络时,给AS发送第一通知消息。相应的,第一会话管理网元根据该第六指示信息,在终端 设备开始切换到第二网络或成功切换到第二网络时,向AS发送该第一通知消息。Optionally, before the first session management network element sends the first notification message to the AS, the first session management network element receives sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when the second network is supported or will be supported. When sending service data to a terminal device in a multicast mode, or when the terminal device switches to or is about to switch to the second network, the first notification message is sent to the AS. Correspondingly, the first session management network element sends the first notification message to the AS when the terminal device starts to switch to the second network or successfully switches to the second network according to the sixth indication information.
其中,该第六指示信息可以和该第一指示信息一起发送给第一会话管理网元,例如,第一会话管理网元接收AS或者PCF发送的第一消息,该第一消息中包括该第一指示信息和该第六指示信息。The sixth indication information may be sent to the first session management network element together with the first indication information. For example, the first session management network element receives the first message sent by the AS or the PCF, and the first message includes the first message. One instruction information and the sixth instruction information.
需要说明的是,第三种组播业务切换方式中,当终端设备通过第一网络的单播承载接收组播业务的数据时,AS以情况二的方式发送组播业务的数据(即目的地址为终端设备的地址)。因此,在这种方式下,第一指示信息是第二规则,第二规则中不包括第三指示信息。第六指示信息和第一指示信息一起发送,可以理解为,第二规则中包括第六指示信息,其中,第六指示信息可以是一个订阅请求。It should be noted that in the third multicast service switching method, when the terminal device receives the data of the multicast service through the unicast bearer of the first network, the AS sends the data of the multicast service in the second way (that is, the destination address). Is the address of the terminal device). Therefore, in this manner, the first indication information is the second rule, and the third indication information is not included in the second rule. The sixth indication information and the first indication information are sent together. It can be understood that the second rule includes the sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information may be a subscription request.
在第三种组播业务切换方式中,第一会话管理网元将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话,可以为:第一会话管理网元接收第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话,第一会话管理网元根据该第五指示信息将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话。In the third multicast service switching method, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, which may be: the first session management network element receives the fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used for After instructing to add the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information.
该第五指示信息可以是核心网设备或者终端设备发送给第一会话管理网元的。AS在收到第一通知消息后,可向核心网设备发送将终端设备加入组播会话的请求消息,核心网设备根据该请求消息,向第一会话管理网元发送该第五指示信息。或者,AS在收到第一通知消息后给终端设备发送第二通知消息,第二通知消息用于通知终端设备使用该组播会话接收该业务的数据,响应于第二通知消息,终端设备向第一会话管理网元发送该第五指示信息。The fifth indication information may be sent by the core network device or the terminal device to the first session management network element. After receiving the first notification message, the AS may send a request message for adding the terminal device to the multicast session to the core network device, and the core network device sends the fifth indication information to the first session management network element according to the request message. Alternatively, the AS sends a second notification message to the terminal device after receiving the first notification message, the second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the data of the service, and in response to the second notification message, the terminal device The first session management network element sends the fifth indication information.
类似第一种或第二种组播业务切换方式,第一会话管理网元也需要判断终端设备在第二二网络中是否支持组播,具体可参见第一种或第二种组播业务切换方式的相关描述。Similar to the first or second multicast service switching method, the first session management network element also needs to determine whether the terminal device supports multicast in the second network. For details, please refer to the first or second multicast service switching Description of the method.
在第三种组播业务切换方式中,第一会话管理网元将终端设备加入组播会话的方法可参见第一种或第二种组播业务切换方式,不再赘述。In the third multicast service switching method, the method for the first session management network element to join the terminal device to the multicast session can be referred to the first or second multicast service switching method, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在第三种组播业务切换方式中,在终端设备切换到第二网络前,该业务通过第一网络的单播承载发送给终端设备,在切换到第二网络后,该业务被切换到经过第二网络的单播承载发送给终端设备。第一会话管理网元在将终端设备加入组播会话后可删除该业务对应的单播资源。第一会话管理网元可在接收到删除第二规则的指示后删除对应的单播资源,在一种实现方式中,AS在收到第一通知消息后给核心网设备发送删除第二描述信息的请求,第二描述信息是AS以情况二方式发送业务的数据时的业务的信息,包括业务的识别信息和QoS参数,核心网设备在收到删除第二描述信息的请求时给第一会话管理网元发送删除第二规则的指示,其中,第二规则是核心网设备根据第二描述信息生成的。It should be noted that in the third multicast service switching method, before the terminal device switches to the second network, the service is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer of the first network. After switching to the second network, the service is sent to the terminal device. The service is switched to the unicast bearer of the second network and sent to the terminal device. The first session management network element may delete the unicast resource corresponding to the service after adding the terminal device to the multicast session. The first session management network element may delete the corresponding unicast resource after receiving the instruction to delete the second rule. In one implementation, the AS sends the delete second description information to the core network device after receiving the first notification message The second description information is the service information when the AS sends the service data in the second case, including the identification information and QoS parameters of the service. The core network device gives the first session when the request to delete the second description information is received The management network element sends an instruction to delete the second rule, where the second rule is generated by the core network device according to the second description information.
本实施例中,当位于第一网络中的终端设备所在的组播区域的信号弱时,第一会话管理网元接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向该终端设备发送业务的数据包,第一会话管理网元向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向终端设备发送数据包,当终端设备通过第二网络接入时,第一会话管理网元将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话。通过将业务的数据先从第一网络的组播路切换到第一网络的单播承载,再从第一网络的单播承载切换到 第二网络的单播路径后再切换到组播会话,或者,直接将业务的数据从第一网络的单播路径切换到第二网络的组播会话,或者,在将业务的数据从第一网络的单播路径切换到第二网络的单播路径的过程中或者切换完成后,第一会话管理网元中通知AS,以便由AS直接通知核心网设备,或者AS通过终端设备通知第一会话管理网元,将终端加入第二网络的组播会话,从而能够保证终端设备从第一网络切换到第二网络的过程中,终端设备通过第一网络的组播路径接收的组播业务数据在切换到第二网络后通过第二网络的组播路径接收,并保持业务的连续性。In this embodiment, when the signal in the multicast area where the terminal device located in the first network is located is weak, the first session management network element receives first indication information. The terminal device sends a service data packet, and the first session management network element sends second indication information to the first user plane network element. The second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet is sent to the terminal device through a unicast bearer. When the second network is accessed, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service. By first switching the service data from the multicast path of the first network to the unicast bearer of the first network, and then from the unicast bearer of the first network to the unicast path of the second network, then switch to the multicast session, Or, directly switch the service data from the unicast path of the first network to the multicast session of the second network, or switch the service data from the unicast path of the first network to the unicast path of the second network. During the process or after the handover is completed, the first session management network element notifies the AS so that the AS directly notifies the core network device, or the AS notifies the first session management network element through the terminal device to add the terminal to the multicast session of the second network. Therefore, it can be ensured that when the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network is received through the multicast path of the second network after being switched to the second network. , And maintain business continuity.
图7为本申请实施例二提供的组播业务切换的方法的流程图,实施例一从第一会话管理网元侧描述该方法,本实施例从AS侧描述该方法,如图7所示,本实施例提供的方法包括以下步骤:FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 2 of this application. Embodiment 1 describes the method from the side of the first session management network element, and this embodiment describes the method from the AS side, as shown in FIG. 7 , The method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
S201、AS接收来自终端设备的第一报告,第一报告用于指示终端设备移出MBMS区域。S201. The AS receives a first report from a terminal device, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
终端设备可以在当前所在的MBMS区域的信号弱的情况下发送给第一报告,或者,终端设备即将或者已经从MBMS区域移动到5G网络的情况下发送该第一报告。为了支持将通过MBMS承载发送的数据平滑切换到第二网络中的组播路径,本实施例中假设给终端设备配置适当预定值,例如,当终端设备检测到的MBMS的信号质量差于该预定值时,终端设备给AS发送该第一报告,第一报告用于指示终端设备移出MBMS区域,MBMS区域为第一网络中的区域。The terminal device may send the first report when the signal of the current MBMS area is weak, or when the terminal device is about to or has moved from the MBMS area to the 5G network. In order to support the smooth switching of the data sent through the MBMS bearer to the multicast path in the second network, in this embodiment, it is assumed that the terminal device is configured with an appropriate predetermined value, for example, when the signal quality of the MBMS detected by the terminal device is worse than the predetermined value. When the value is set, the terminal device sends the first report to the AS. The first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area, and the MBMS area is the area in the first network.
网络可以通过配置适当的预定值保证终端设备在发生从第一网络到第二网络的小区切换前给AS发送该第一报告。The network can configure an appropriate predetermined value to ensure that the terminal device sends the first report to the AS before the cell handover from the first network to the second network occurs.
S202、AS根据第一报告,确定通过单播承载向终端设备发送业务的数据包。S202. The AS determines, according to the first report, to send the data packet of the service to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
AS根据该第一报告获知终端设备当前所在的MBMS区域的信号弱的情况下,或者,AS根据第一报告确定终端设备即将或者已经从MBMS区域移出的情况下,确定通过第一网络的单播承载向终端设备发送业务的数据包。When the AS learns that the signal of the MBMS area where the terminal device is currently located is weak according to the first report, or the AS determines that the terminal device is about to or has moved out of the MBMS area according to the first report, it determines the unicast via the first network The bearer sends service data packets to the terminal device.
S203、AS向核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向终端设备发送该业务的数据包。S203. The AS sends first indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the first indication information is used to instruct to send a data packet of the service to the terminal device through a unicast bearer.
该第一会话管理网元可以为PGW-C+SMF,AS可以直接将第一指示信息发送给PGW-C+SMF,也可以将第一指示信息发送给核心网设备,核心网设备再将第一指示信息发送给PGW-C+SMF,该核心网设备可以为PCF或者NEF。The first session management network element may be PGW-C+SMF. The AS may directly send the first indication information to PGW-C+SMF, or it may send the first indication information to the core network device, and the core network device sends the first indication information to the core network device. An instruction message is sent to PGW-C+SMF, and the core network device can be PCF or NEF.
可选的,AS还向核心网设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示业务支持组播方式发送。Optionally, the AS further sends third indication information to the core network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
其中,AS通过第一网络的单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包分为两种情况:Among them, the AS sends service data packets to the terminal device located in the first network through the unicast bearer of the first network, and there are two situations:
情况一,AS所发送的业务的数据包中包括业务的数据和目标地址,该目标地址是组播地址。Case 1: The service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is a multicast address.
情况二,AS所发送的业务的数据包中包括业务的数据和目标地址,该目标地址是终端设备的IP地址。Case 2: The service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is the IP address of the terminal device.
针对上述情况一,该第一指示信息还可以包括第一规则,或者,第一指示信息与第一规则一起发送给第一会话管理网元,或者第一指示信息为第一规则。该第一规则 可以是AS采用情况一的方式发送业务的数据时该业务所对应的PCC规则。第一规则是PCF根据第一描述信息确定的,第一描述信息是该业务通过情况一方式发送时所对应的业务信息,包括业务的识别信息和对应的QoS参数。第一指示信息用于指示第一会话管理网元根据该第一规则创建单播承载。可选的,该第一指示信息中包括组播业务标识。In view of the above situation 1, the first indication information may further include the first rule, or the first indication information is sent to the first session management network element together with the first rule, or the first indication information is the first rule. The first rule may be the PCC rule corresponding to the service when the AS sends the service data in the case one mode. The first rule is determined by the PCF according to the first description information. The first description information is the corresponding service information when the service is sent in the case one mode, including service identification information and corresponding QoS parameters. The first indication information is used to instruct the first session management network element to create a unicast bearer according to the first rule. Optionally, the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier.
进一步的,在该情况下,第一规则还可以包括第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示所述业务支持组播方式发送,当第一指示信息中不包括组播业务标识时,该第三指示信息可以为该业务对应的组播业务标识。或者,第一规则中除了第三指示信息还包括该业务对应的组播业务标识,即组播业务标识独立于第一指示信息和第三指示信息而存在。Further, in this case, the first rule may also include third indication information. The third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission. When the first indication information does not include a multicast service identifier, the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission. The third indication information may be a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service. Alternatively, in addition to the third indication information, the first rule also includes the multicast service identifier corresponding to the service, that is, the multicast service identifier exists independently of the first indication information and the third indication information.
针对上述情况二,该第一指示信息还可以包括第二规则,或者,第一指示信息与第二规则一起发送给第一会话管理网元,后者第一指示信息为第二规则。该第二规则可以是AS采用情况二的方式发送业务的数据时该业务所对应的PCC规则。第一指示信息用于指示第一会话管理网元根据该第二规则创建单播承载。第二规则是PCF根据第二描述信息确定的,第二描述信息是该业务通过情况二方式发送时所对应的业务信息,包括业务的识别信息和对应的QoS参数。In view of the second situation above, the first indication information may further include the second rule, or the first indication information and the second rule are sent to the first session management network element together, and the first indication information of the latter is the second rule. The second rule may be the PCC rule corresponding to the service when the AS sends the service data in the second case. The first indication information is used to instruct the first session management network element to create a unicast bearer according to the second rule. The second rule is determined by the PCF according to the second description information. The second description information is the corresponding service information when the service is sent by the second method, including the identification information of the service and the corresponding QoS parameters.
一种方式中,AS收到第一报告后,向PCF或者NEF发送第二消息,第二消息中携带第一指示信息,PCF或者NEF将第一指示信息携带在第一消息中发送给PGW-C+SMF。该第一规则在发送第一指示信息前发送给了PCF、NEF或者PGW-C+SMF。可选的,第一指示信息中包括组播业务标识,或者,第二消息中携带第一指示信息和组播业务标识。当第二消息中携带第一指示信息和组播业务标识时,相应的,PCF或者NEF将第一指示信息和组播业务标识携带在第一消息中发送给PGW-C+SMF。In one way, after receiving the first report, the AS sends a second message to the PCF or NEF. The second message carries the first indication information. The PCF or NEF carries the first indication information in the first message and sends it to the PGW- C+SMF. The first rule is sent to the PCF, NEF, or PGW-C+SMF before sending the first instruction information. Optionally, the first indication information includes the multicast service identifier, or the second message carries the first indication information and the multicast service identifier. When the second message carries the first indication information and the multicast service identifier, correspondingly, the PCF or NEF carries the first indication information and the multicast service identifier in the first message and sends it to the PGW-C+SMF.
另一种方式中,AS收到第一报告后,向PCF或者NEF发送第二消息,第二消息中携带第一指示信息和第一描述信息,PCF或者NEF将第一指示信息和第一规则携带在第一消息中发送给PGW-C+SMF,在该种情况下,第一规则可作为第一指示信息,即,第一消息中可以仅包括第一规则。可选的,第一指示信息中包括组播业务标识,或者,第二消息中携带第一指示信息、组播业务标识和第一描述信息,或者,组播业务标识可以携带在第一描述信息中。当第二消息中携带第一指示信息、组播业务标识和第一描述信息时,相应的,PCF或者NEF将第一指示信息、第一规则和组播业务标识携带在第一消息中发送给PGW-C+SMF,或者,组播业务标识包括在第一规则中。In another way, after receiving the first report, the AS sends a second message to the PCF or NEF. The second message carries the first indication information and the first description information. The PCF or NEF combines the first indication information and the first rule It is carried in the first message and sent to PGW-C+SMF. In this case, the first rule may be used as the first indication information, that is, only the first rule may be included in the first message. Optionally, the first indication information includes the multicast service identifier, or the second message carries the first indication information, the multicast service identifier, and the first description information, or the multicast service identifier may be carried in the first description information middle. When the second message carries the first indication information, the multicast service identifier, and the first description information, correspondingly, the PCF or NEF carries the first indication information, the first rule, and the multicast service identifier in the first message and sends it to PGW-C+SMF, or the multicast service identifier is included in the first rule.
针对上述情况二,第一会话管理网元在确定终端设备准备切换到第二网络或切换完成时,向AS发送第一通知消息,该第一通知消息用于通知支持或即将支持以第二网络的组播方式给终端设备发送该业务的数据,或者,用于通知该终端设备切换到或即将切换到第二网络,或者,用于通知AS使用情况一方式给终端设备发送该业务的数据。In response to the second situation above, when the first session management network element determines that the terminal device is ready to switch to the second network or the switch is completed, it sends a first notification message to the AS. The first notification message is used to notify that it supports or will support the second network. The multicast method sends the service data to the terminal device, or is used to notify the terminal device to switch to or is about to switch to the second network, or the method is used to notify the AS usage status to send the service data to the terminal device.
相应的,AS从第一会话管理网元接收第一通知消息,AS根据该第一通知消息,向核心网设备发送将终端设备加入组播会话的请求消息,核心网设备根据该请求消息,向第一会话管理网元发送该第五指示信息,AS也可以向核心网设备发送第五指示信息。 或者,AS根据第一通知消息向终端设备发送第二通知消息,该第二通知消息用于通知终端设备使用该组播会话接收该业务的数据,终端设备在收到第二通知消息后向第一会话管理网元发送第五指示信息。Correspondingly, the AS receives the first notification message from the first session management network element, and the AS sends a request message to the core network device for adding the terminal device to the multicast session according to the first notification message, and the core network device sends the request message to the core network device according to the request message. The first session management network element sends the fifth indication information, and the AS may also send the fifth indication information to the core network device. Alternatively, the AS sends a second notification message to the terminal device according to the first notification message. The second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the data of the service. A session management network element sends fifth indication information.
可选的,AS向该核心网设备发送第六指示信息,该第六指示信息用于指示当支持或即将支持以第二网络的组播方式给终端设备发送业务的数据时,或者,该终端设备切换到或即将切换到第二网络时,给AS发送所述第一通知消息。AS可以通过第二消息向核心网设备发送第一指示信息和第六指示信息。Optionally, the AS sends sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when it supports or is about to support sending service data to the terminal device in the multicast mode of the second network, or the terminal When the device switches to or is about to switch to the second network, the first notification message is sent to the AS. The AS may send the first indication information and the sixth indication information to the core network device through the second message.
可选的,在为终端设备建立单播承载之后,AS从第一会话管理网元接收第五通知消息,第五通知消息用于通知AS使用第一网络的单播承载发送该业务的数据。AS根据该第五通知消息,向终端设备发送第六通知消息,该第六通知消息用于通知终端设备使用该第一网络的单播承载接收该业务的数据。Optionally, after establishing the unicast bearer for the terminal device, the AS receives a fifth notification message from the first session management network element, where the fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the unicast bearer of the first network to send data of the service. The AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device according to the fifth notification message, where the sixth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the unicast bearer of the first network to receive the data of the service.
本实施例中,AS接收来自终端设备的第一报告,第一报告用于指示终端设备移出MBMS区域,AS根据第一报告,确定通过第一网络的单播承载向终端设备发送业务的数据包,并核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送第一指示信息,指示通过第一网络的单播承载向终端设备发送业务的数据包。从而使得第一会话管理网元为终端设备建立第一网络的单播承载,将该业务的数据包先切换到第一网络中的单播承载,再从该单播承载切换到第二网络中的组播会话,从而保证终端设备从第一网络切换到第二网络的过程中,终端设备通过MBMS承载接收的组播业务数据在切换过程中保持业务的连续性。In this embodiment, the AS receives the first report from the terminal device. The first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area. According to the first report, the AS determines to send service data packets to the terminal device through the unicast bearer of the first network. , The parallel core network device and/or the first session management network element sends the first indication information indicating that the data packet of the service is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer of the first network. Thus, the first session management network element establishes a unicast bearer of the first network for the terminal device, first switches the data packets of the service to the unicast bearer in the first network, and then switches from the unicast bearer to the second network In this way, it is ensured that when the terminal device switches from the first network to the second network, the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the MBMS bearer maintains service continuity during the switching process.
在实施例一和实施例二的基础上,图8为本申请实施例三提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图,本实施例以上述第一种组播业务切换方式为例进行说明,即MBMS承载传输的数据先从MBMS承载切换到4G网络中的单播承载,在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络的切换过程中,PGW-C+SMF将MBMS承载传输的数据从4G网络中的单播承载切换到PDU会话(即5G网络中的单播路径),在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络之后,PGW-C+SMF将终端设备加入5G组播会话,即从5G网络中的单播路径切换到5G组播路径。On the basis of Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 3 of this application. This embodiment takes the above-mentioned first multicast service switching method as an example. Note that the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer is first switched from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer in the 4G network. During the switching process of the terminal device from the 4G network to the 5G network, PGW-C+SMF transfers the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer from 4G The unicast bearer in the network is switched to the PDU session (that is, the unicast path in the 5G network). After the terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network, PGW-C+SMF will join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session, that is, from 5G The unicast path in the network is switched to the 5G multicast path.
本实施例中,AS可以直接将数据发送给PGW-U+UPF,或者,AS先将数据发送给UPF,再通过UPF将数据发送给PGW-U+UPF。In this embodiment, the AS can directly send the data to PGW-U+UPF, or the AS first sends the data to the UPF, and then sends the data to the PGW-U+UPF through the UPF.
参照图5和图8,本实施例提供的方法包括以下步骤:5 and 8, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
S301、建立PDN连接。S301. Establish a PDN connection.
终端设备在4G网络中建立PDN连接,PDN连接建立之后,终端设备可通过该PDN连接与AS间建立信令连接,该信令路径为:AS<->PGW-U<->eNB<->UE,eNB是4G网络中的接入网设备。并且,若终端设备当前的位置支持MBMS,则AS可通知终端设备通过MBMS承载接收业务的数据(例如,媒体数据)。AS通过MBMS承载给终端设备发送数据的路径为:AS->BM-SC->MBMS GW->eNB->UE。The terminal equipment establishes a PDN connection in the 4G network. After the PDN connection is established, the terminal equipment can establish a signaling connection with the AS through the PDN connection. The signaling path is: AS<->PGW-U<->eNB<-> UE and eNB are access network equipment in the 4G network. Moreover, if the current location of the terminal device supports MBMS, the AS can notify the terminal device to receive service data (for example, media data) through the MBMS bearer. The path for AS to send data to the terminal device through the MBMS bearer is: AS->BM-SC->MBMS GW->eNB->UE.
建立PDN连接的过程可以参考现有技术,这里不再赘述。与现有技术不同的是,如果终端设备支持5G组播能力,则终端设备在PDN连接建立请求消息的协议配置选项(Protocol Configuration Option,PCO)中携带5G组播能力指示信息。The process of establishing a PDN connection can refer to the prior art, which will not be repeated here. Different from the prior art, if the terminal device supports 5G multicast capability, the terminal device carries 5G multicast capability indication information in the protocol configuration option (Protocol Configuration Option, PCO) of the PDN connection establishment request message.
为了支持4G和5G互通,MME为该PDN连接所选择的PGW-C为PGW-C+SMF, PGW-C+SMF为该PDN连接选择的UPF为PGW-U+UPF。In order to support 4G and 5G intercommunication, the PGW-C selected by the MME for the PDN connection is PGW-C+SMF, and the UPF selected by the PGW-C+SMF for the PDN connection is PGW-U+UPF.
AS与终端设备间的数据分成两类,一类是信令数据流,一类是非信令数据流(例如语音或视频或文件数据),AS可决定哪些数据流通过MBMS承载发送,哪些数据里通过单播承载发送。例如,信令数据流通过单播承载发送、非信令数据流通过MBMS承载发送,当然,AS也可以决定将部分信令数据流通过MBMS承载发送,另一部分信令数据流通过单播承载发送。The data between AS and terminal equipment is divided into two categories, one is signaling data stream, and the other is non-signaling data stream (such as voice or video or file data). AS can determine which data streams are sent by MBMS bearer and which data are in Sent via unicast bearer. For example, the signaling data stream is sent through the unicast bearer, and the non-signaling data stream is sent through the MBMS bearer. Of course, the AS can also decide to send part of the signaling data stream through the MBMS bearer and the other part of the signaling data stream through the unicast bearer. .
对于不会通过MBMS承载发送的业务数据流,AS可使用终端设备的IP地址(单播地址)发送这些业务数据流。对于可能通过MBMS承载发送的业务数据流,AS可使用组播IP地址发送。需要说明的是,可能通过MBMS承载发送的业务数据流,当UE移出MBMS区域时也可以通过单播承载发送。如果MBMS承载上发送的业务的数据包的目的地址为组播IP地址,则当业务的数据包切换到通过单播承载发送后,AS不需要改变这些数据包的格式,即目的IP地址仍然可以采用组播IP地址。For service data streams that will not be sent via the MBMS bearer, the AS can use the IP address (unicast address) of the terminal device to send these service data streams. For service data streams that may be sent via MBMS bearer, AS can use multicast IP addresses to send. It should be noted that the service data stream that may be sent through the MBMS bearer can also be sent through the unicast bearer when the UE moves out of the MBMS area. If the destination address of the service data packet sent on the MBMS bearer is a multicast IP address, after the service data packet is switched to be sent via the unicast bearer, the AS does not need to change the format of these data packets, that is, the destination IP address can still be used Use multicast IP address.
可选的,AS可以建立到核心网设备(如PCF/NEF)的策略会话,该策略会话与该PDN连接关联。AS可将业务的描述信息通过该策略会话发送给核心网设备,以便移动网络为该业务分配相应的单播承载资源。发送给核心网的业务的描述信息包括该业务的识别信息(例如,IP地址、端口号、协议号等五元组信息)和QoS需求信息(例如,带宽需求、时延需求等)。需要说明的是,业务可以包括至少一个业务数据流,业务的描述信息包括至少一个业务数据流的描述信息。Optionally, the AS may establish a policy session to a core network device (such as PCF/NEF), and the policy session is associated with the PDN connection. The AS can send the description information of the service to the core network device through the policy session, so that the mobile network can allocate corresponding unicast bearer resources for the service. The description information of the service sent to the core network includes identification information of the service (for example, five-tuple information such as IP address, port number, protocol number, etc.) and QoS requirement information (for example, bandwidth requirement, delay requirement, etc.). It should be noted that the service may include at least one service data stream, and the description information of the service includes the description information of at least one service data stream.
若AS支持通过组播方式(5G组播方式或MBMS组播方式)发送该业务,则AS在业务的描述信息中包括第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示该业务支持组播方式发送。If the AS supports sending the service via multicast (5G multicast or MBMS multicast), the AS includes third indication information in the description information of the service, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast sending .
可选的,即使支持组播方式的业务当前经过MBMS承载发送,AS也可以将业务的描述信息提前发送给核心网设备。AS在发送业务的描述信息时指示该业务当前不通过单播承载发送(或者当前通过MBMS承载方式发送)。Optionally, even if the service supporting the multicast mode is currently sent via the MBMS bearer, the AS may send the description information of the service to the core network device in advance. When sending the description information of the service, the AS indicates that the service is not currently sent through a unicast bearer (or is currently sent through an MBMS bearer).
该步骤还可以为支持组播方式发送的业务创建AS到PGW-U+UPF间的接口,当然该接口也可以在步骤S305创建。具体的,AS可将组播业务的处理需求发送给核心网设备,比如,AS可请求核心网对业务数据进行健壮性包头压缩(Robust Header Compression,ROHC)或者进行前向纠错(Forward Error Correction,FEC)编码等。AS可在业务的信息中包括上述处理需求。This step can also create an interface between AS and PGW-U+UPF for services that support multicast transmission. Of course, the interface can also be created in step S305. Specifically, the AS can send the processing requirements of the multicast service to the core network equipment. For example, the AS can request the core network to perform robust header compression (ROHC) or forward error correction (Forward Error Correction) on service data. , FEC) coding, etc. The AS may include the above processing requirements in the information of the business.
PCF可根据AS所发送的业务的描述信息以及上述处理需求生成PCC规则(第一规则),并将该PCC规则发送给该PDN连接所对应的PGW-C+SMF。若AS指示业务支持组播方式发送,则PCF也向PGW-C+SMF发送该指示信息,以便PGW-C+SMF获知业务支持组播方式发送。例如,PCF可在该PCC规则中携带第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示是否支持组播方式发送。若AS给PCF发送了上述处理需求,则PCF也将该处理需求发送给PGW-C+SMF,例如,PCC规则中携带该处理需求。若AS发送的业务的信息中包括组播业务标识,则PCF将组播业务标识发送给PGW-C+SMF,例如,PCC规则中包括组播业务标识。The PCF can generate a PCC rule (first rule) according to the description information of the service sent by the AS and the aforementioned processing requirements, and send the PCC rule to the PGW-C+SMF corresponding to the PDN connection. If the AS indicates that the service supports multicast transmission, the PCF also sends the indication information to PGW-C+SMF, so that PGW-C+SMF learns that the service supports multicast transmission. For example, the PCF may carry third indication information in the PCC rule, and the third indication information is used to indicate whether multicast transmission is supported. If the AS sends the above processing requirement to the PCF, the PCF also sends the processing requirement to PGW-C+SMF. For example, the PCC rule carries the processing requirement. If the service information sent by the AS includes the multicast service identifier, the PCF sends the multicast service identifier to the PGW-C+SMF. For example, the PCC rule includes the multicast service identifier.
其中,在本实施例中,AS通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包时,AS所发送的业务的数据包中包括业务的数据和目标地址,该目标地址是组 播地址。Wherein, in this embodiment, when the AS sends a service data packet to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer, the service data packet sent by the AS includes the service data and the target address, and the target address is the group Broadcast address.
若PGW-U+UPF与AS或UPF间的传输路径还没有建立,则PGW-C+SMF通知PGW-U+UPF建立该路径。具体的,针对PGW-U+UPF与AS间的第二隧道,若该路径基于MB2-U接口,则PGW-C+SMF可以分配或者PGW-C+SMF请求PGW-U+UPF分配MB2-U接口的信息,MB2-U接口的信息包括用于接收该业务数据的用户数据包协议(User Datagram Protocol,UDP)端口号和IP地址。If the transmission path between PGW-U+UPF and AS or UPF has not been established, PGW-C+SMF informs PGW-U+UPF to establish the path. Specifically, for the second tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and AS, if the path is based on the MB2-U interface, then PGW-C+SMF can be allocated or PGW-C+SMF requests PGW-U+UPF to allocate MB2-U Interface information, MB2-U interface information includes the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number and IP address used to receive the service data.
该UDP端口号+IP地址用来标识AS与PGW-U+UPF之间的第二隧道,AS与PGW-U+UPF之间通过该第二隧道传输该业务,该UDP端口号+IP地址可以是针对该业务创建的,也可以是针对该终端设备的该业务创建的。当MB2-U接口的信息是针对业务创建的,则PGW-U+UPF从AS上的该业务的数据可以用来发送给由该PGW-U+UPF服务的多个终端设备(即AS与PGW-U+UPF之间的第二隧道为共享隧道)。若是MB2-U接口的信息是针对该终端设备的该业务创建的,则PGW-U+UPF从AS上接收的数据只能发送给该终端,即AS与PGW-U+UPF之间的第二隧道是终端设备的专用隧道。该路径也可以基于其他隧道技术,例如,基于GTP-U隧道,基于GTP-U的隧道的建立与上述隧道相似,本实施例不赘述。The UDP port number + IP address is used to identify the second tunnel between AS and PGW-U+UPF. The service is transmitted between AS and PGW-U+UPF through the second tunnel. The UDP port number + IP address can be It is created for the service, or it may be created for the service of the terminal device. When the information of the MB2-U interface is created for the service, the data of the service on the PGW-U+UPF from the AS can be used to send to multiple terminal devices served by the PGW-U+UPF (ie AS and PGW -The second tunnel between U+UPF is a shared tunnel). If the information of the MB2-U interface is created for the service of the terminal device, the data received by the PGW-U+UPF from the AS can only be sent to the terminal, that is, the second one between the AS and PGW-U+UPF The tunnel is a dedicated tunnel for terminal equipment. The path may also be based on other tunnel technologies, for example, a GTP-U tunnel. The establishment of a GTP-U tunnel is similar to the above-mentioned tunnel, and will not be repeated in this embodiment.
PGW-C+SMF获取到第二隧道的信息后,PGW-C+SMF将第二隧道的信息发送给AS,以便AS根据第二隧道的信息将该业务的数据包通过第二隧道发送给PGW-U+UPF。PGW-C+SMF可以将第二隧道的信息携带在第五通知消息中或者在其他的消息中发送给AS,第五通知消息用于通知AS使用该单播承载发送该业务的数据。After PGW-C+SMF obtains the information of the second tunnel, PGW-C+SMF sends the information of the second tunnel to the AS, so that the AS sends the service data packet to the PGW through the second tunnel according to the information of the second tunnel -U+UPF. The PGW-C+SMF may carry the information of the second tunnel in the fifth notification message or send it to the AS in other messages. The fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the unicast bearer to send the data of the service.
当AS将业务的数据先发送给UPF再由UPF发送给PGW-U+UPF时,需要建立PGW-U+UPF与UPF间的第二隧道,针对PGW-U+UPF与UPF间的第二隧道,该第二隧道基于GTP-U,PGW-C+SMF可以请求PGW-U+SMF分配第二隧道的隧道信息,包括隧道端点标识(Tunnel Endpoint Identifier,TEID)和IP地址,并发送给UPF,若UPF由其他SMF管理,则PGW-C+SMF将第二隧道的信息发送给该SMF并由该SMF发送给UPF。在该场景下,UPF将业务的数据映射到组播QoS流并通过第二隧道发送给PGW-U+UPF。管理该UPF的SMF可以根据该业务的第一规则确定该业务对应的至少一个组播QoS流,包括该组播QoS流的QFI、映射到该组播QoS流的业务的数据流、该组播QoS流的QoS参数等。When the AS sends the service data to the UPF first and then the UPF to PGW-U+UPF, the second tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and UPF needs to be established, for the second tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and UPF The second tunnel is based on GTP-U, PGW-C+SMF can request PGW-U+SMF to allocate the tunnel information of the second tunnel, including the tunnel endpoint identifier (Tunnel Endpoint Identifier, TEID) and IP address, and send it to UPF, If the UPF is managed by another SMF, the PGW-C+SMF sends the information of the second tunnel to the SMF and the SMF sends it to the UPF. In this scenario, the UPF maps the service data to the multicast QoS stream and sends it to the PGW-U+UPF through the second tunnel. The SMF managing the UPF can determine at least one multicast QoS flow corresponding to the service according to the first rule of the service, including the QFI of the multicast QoS flow, the data flow of the service mapped to the multicast QoS flow, and the multicast QoS flow. QoS parameters of QoS flow, etc.
S302、终端设备向AS发送第一报告,第一报告用于指示终端设备移出MBMS区域。S302. The terminal device sends a first report to the AS, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
假设在步骤S301中,终端设备位于该业务的MBMS区域内,并且,终端设备通过MBMS承载接收业务的数据。则,在终端设备移出MBMS区域时,向AS发送第一报告。It is assumed that in step S301, the terminal device is located in the MBMS area of the service, and the terminal device receives the data of the service through the MBMS bearer. Then, when the terminal device moves out of the MBMS area, the first report is sent to the AS.
网络可以通过配置适当的信号预定值保证终端设备在发生从4G网络到5G网络的小区切换前向AS发送该第一报告,例如,当终端设备检测到MBMS的信号质量差于该信号预定值时,终端设备向AS发送第一报告,将终端设备的MBMS信道质量差于该信号预定值的事件报告给AS。The network can configure an appropriate signal predetermined value to ensure that the terminal device sends the first report to the AS before the cell handover from the 4G network to the 5G network occurs, for example, when the terminal device detects that the MBMS signal quality is worse than the signal predetermined value , The terminal device sends the first report to the AS, and reports the event that the MBMS channel quality of the terminal device is worse than the predetermined value of the signal to the AS.
S303、AS向PCF发送第二消息,第二消息中包括第一指示信息。S303. The AS sends a second message to the PCF, where the second message includes the first indication information.
第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据 包,可选的,第一指示信息中包括组播业务标识。或者,第二消息中包括第一指示信息和组播业务标识。The first indication information is used to indicate that a data packet of a service is sent to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer. Optionally, the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier. Or, the second message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier.
需要明确时,该业务中包括多个业务数据流,一种情况下,该业务中的所有业务数据流当前均通过MBMS承载发送,另一种情况下,该业务中的一部分业务数据流当前通过MBMS承载发送,另一部分业务数据流当前通过单播承载发送。本申请实施例中在将终端设备的业务从MBMS承载切换到单播承载时,只将当前通过MBMS承载发送的业务数据流切换到单播承载,对于当前通过单播承载发送的业务数据流不做处理。When it needs to be clarified, the service includes multiple service data streams. In one case, all service data streams in the service are currently sent through the MBMS bearer. In another case, part of the service data streams in the service currently pass The MBMS bearer is sent, and another part of the service data stream is currently sent through the unicast bearer. In the embodiment of this application, when the service of the terminal device is switched from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer, only the service data stream currently sent through the MBMS bearer is switched to the unicast bearer, and the service data stream currently sent through the unicast bearer is not Do processing.
若AS已经建立了与该PDN连接(即S301中建立的PDN连接)关联的策略会话,则AS通过该策略会话发送第二消息。If the AS has established a policy session associated with the PDN connection (that is, the PDN connection established in S301), the AS sends the second message through the policy session.
若AS在步骤S301中没有将需要切换到单播承载的业务数据流的描述信息发送给PCF/NEF,则第二消息中还可以包括需要切换到该单播承载的业务数据流的描述信息。若AS在步骤S301中已经将需要切换到单播承载的业务数据流的描述信息发送给PCF/NEF,则第二消息中可以包括需要切换到该单播承载的业务数据流的描述信息,也可以不包括需要切换到该单播承载的业务数据流的描述信息。If the AS does not send the description information of the service data flow that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer to the PCF/NEF in step S301, the second message may also include the description information of the service data flow that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer. If the AS has already sent the description information of the service data stream that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer to the PCF/NEF in step S301, the second message may include the description information of the service data stream that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer. It may not include the description information of the service data flow that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer.
其中,该需要切换到该单播承载的业务数据流的描述信息中包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息指示这些业务数据流支持经过组播方式(5G组播或MBMS组播)发送。其中,第三指示信息可以通过显示方式或者隐式方式指示,参照实施例一的相关描述,这里不再赘述。Wherein, the description information of the service data stream that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer includes third indication information, and the third indication information indicates that these service data streams support multicast transmission (5G multicast or MBMS multicast). Wherein, the third indication information may be indicated in a display manner or an implicit manner, refer to the related description of Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,该第二消息中还包括AS对这些业务数据流的处理需求,比如,AS可请求核心网对业务数据进行头压缩(ROHC)或者进行前向冗余编码(FEC)等。参见S301的描述,不再赘述。Optionally, the second message also includes the processing requirements of the AS for these service data streams. For example, the AS may request the core network to perform header compression (ROHC) or forward redundancy coding (FEC) on the service data. Please refer to the description of S301, which will not be repeated here.
S304、PCF向PGW-C+SMF发送第一消息,第一消息中包括第一指示信息。S304. The PCF sends a first message to the PGW-C+SMF, where the first message includes the first indication information.
可选的,第一消息包括需要切换到单播承载发送的业务数据流对应的PCC规则(即第一规则),该PCC规则中包括第三指示信息,该PCC规则是PCF根据第二消息中包括的需要切换到该单播承载的业务数据流的描述信息生成的。或者,若PGW-C+SMF已经获得了这些业务数据流的PCC规则,则第一消息可以仅包括第一指示信息。可选的,第一消息中还包括组播业务标识。Optionally, the first message includes the PCC rule (ie, the first rule) corresponding to the service data stream that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer to send, and the PCC rule includes the third indication information, and the PCC rule is the PCF according to the second message It is generated by including the description information of the service data flow that needs to be switched to the unicast bearer. Or, if PGW-C+SMF has obtained the PCC rules of these service data streams, the first message may only include the first indication information. Optionally, the first message also includes a multicast service identifier.
可选的,在其他实施例中,AS可以将第二消息直接发送给PGW-C+SMF。Optionally, in other embodiments, the AS may directly send the second message to PGW-C+SMF.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,AS发送给核心网设备的第二消息中包括的第一指示信息,与核心网设备发送给PGW-C+SMF的第一消息中包括的第一指示信息的功能相同,都是用于指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包,但是,二者在第一消息和第二消息中的名称可以不同,本申请实施例中将第一消息和第二消息中用于指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包的指示信息统一称为第一指示消息是为了描述方便,但是对该指示信息在第一消息和第二消息中的名称不做限定。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the application, the first indication information included in the second message sent by the AS to the core network device is the same as the first indication information included in the first message sent by the core network device to the PGW-C+SMF. The indication information has the same function and is used to instruct to send service data packets to the terminal device located in the first network through unicast bearer. However, the names of the two in the first message and the second message can be different. This application is implemented In the example, the indication information in the first message and the second message for instructing to send service data packets to the terminal device located in the first network through unicast bearer is collectively referred to as the first indication message for the convenience of description, but the indication The name of the information in the first message and the second message is not limited.
S305、PGW-C+SMF为支持组播方式发送的业务建立单播承载。S305. PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for services that support multicast transmission.
若第二隧道还未建立,则在这一步建立第二隧道,具体可参照步骤S301中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。为支持组播方式发送的业务建立单播承载包括:If the second tunnel has not been established, the second tunnel is established in this step. For details, refer to the related description in step S301, which will not be repeated here. The establishment of unicast bearer for services that support multicast transmission includes:
PGW-C+SMF根据第一指示信息为该业务建立单播承载,在建立过程中,PGW-C+SMF向PGW-U+UPF发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向终端设备发送数据包。PGW-U+UPF收到第二指示信息,针对情况一,若PGW-U+UPF与AS间的传输路径还没有建立,则按照S301中的步骤建立PGW-U+UPF与AS间的第二隧道。其中,第二指示信息的相关信息参照实施例一的描述,这里不再赘述。PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for the service according to the first indication information. During the establishment process, PGW-C+SMF sends second indication information to PGW-U+UPF. The broadcast bearer sends data packets to the terminal device. PGW-U+UPF receives the second indication information. For case 1, if the transmission path between PGW-U+UPF and AS has not been established, follow the steps in S301 to establish a second connection between PGW-U+UPF and AS. tunnel. For the related information of the second indication information, refer to the description of the first embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
若第二隧道是PGW-U+UPF与AS间的隧道或者PGW-U+UPF直接从AS接收该业务的数据(即,不需要第二隧道),则第二指示信息中包括第二映射关系,第二映射关系为AS以情况一的方式发送业务的数据时的业务识别信息与第一隧道的信息的映射关系,PGW-U+UPF可将从第二隧道上收到的或直接从AS收到的业务的数据包与第二映射关系进行匹配,若匹配成功,则通过匹配到的第一隧道发送该数据包。PGW-C+SMF可根据该业务的PCC规则,确定各业务数据流所对应的承载,根据将该业务数据流的识别信息和该承载对应的第一隧道信息生成第二映射关系后发送给PGW-U+UPF,以便PGW-U+UPF确定收到的业务的数据包所对应的承载的隧道。在将业务的数据流映射到单播承载时,PGW-C+SMF可以将业务数据流映射到新的承载上,即,为该业务的数据流创建新的承载,或者PGW-C+SMF也可以将该业务的数据流映射到现有的承载上,即修改现有承载以增加该业务数据流。If the second tunnel is a tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and AS or PGW-U+UPF directly receives data of the service from AS (ie, no second tunnel is needed), then the second indication information includes the second mapping relationship , The second mapping relationship is the mapping relationship between the service identification information and the information of the first tunnel when the AS sends the service data in the case 1, PGW-U+UPF can be received from the second tunnel or directly from the AS The data packet of the received service is matched with the second mapping relationship, and if the matching is successful, the data packet is sent through the matched first tunnel. PGW-C+SMF can determine the bearer corresponding to each service data flow according to the PCC rules of the service, generate a second mapping relationship based on the identification information of the service data flow and the first tunnel information corresponding to the bearer, and send it to the PGW -U+UPF, so that PGW-U+UPF can determine the bearer tunnel corresponding to the received service data packet. When mapping the service data stream to a unicast bearer, PGW-C+SMF can map the service data stream to a new bearer, that is, create a new bearer for the service data stream, or PGW-C+SMF can also The data flow of the service can be mapped to the existing bearer, that is, the existing bearer can be modified to increase the data flow of the service.
若第二隧道是PGW-U+UPF与UPF间的隧道,则PGW-C+SMF确定组播QoS流的QFI与第一隧道信息的第一映射关系,并将该第一映射关系发送给PGW-U+UPF,以便PGW-U+UPF根据从第二隧道上接收的数据包的QFI确定其对应的单播承载的第一隧道信息,以便使用第一隧道发送该数据包,即第二指示信息包括第一映射关系。If the second tunnel is a tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and UPF, then PGW-C+SMF determines the first mapping relationship between the QFI of the multicast QoS flow and the first tunnel information, and sends the first mapping relationship to the PGW -U+UPF, so that PGW-U+UPF determines the first tunnel information of the corresponding unicast bearer according to the QFI of the data packet received from the second tunnel, so as to use the first tunnel to send the data packet, that is, the second indication The information includes the first mapping relationship.
建立单播承载还包括通知SGW、第一网络中的基站等为该承载分配隧道信息,并且分配相应的资源。具体可参考现有技术,这里不赘述。Establishing a unicast bearer also includes notifying the SGW, the base station in the first network, etc. to allocate tunnel information for the bearer, and allocating corresponding resources. For details, please refer to the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
除此之外,为了该业务能从经过第一网络的单播承载发送切换为经过第二网络的PDU会话发送,在该步骤,PGW-C+SMF还确定该业务通过第二网络的PDU会话发送时所对应的单播QoS流的参数,例如,PGW-C+SMF可将该业务的一个或多个数据流映射到一个单播QoS流,并根据映射到该单播QoS流的业务数据流的QoS参数确定该单播QoS流的QoS参数,并将该单播QoS流的参数发送给终端设备,单播QoS流的参数包括该单播QoS流的QFI。In addition, in order for the service to switch from unicast bearer transmission via the first network to PDU session transmission via the second network, in this step, PGW-C+SMF also determines that the service passes through the PDU session of the second network The parameters of the corresponding unicast QoS flow when sending, for example, PGW-C+SMF can map one or more data flows of the service to a unicast QoS flow, and according to the service data mapped to the unicast QoS flow The QoS parameters of the flow determine the QoS parameters of the unicast QoS flow, and send the parameters of the unicast QoS flow to the terminal device. The parameters of the unicast QoS flow include the QFI of the unicast QoS flow.
S306、PGW-C+SMF向AS发送第五通知消息。S306. PGW-C+SMF sends a fifth notification message to the AS.
第五通知消息用于通知AS使用单播承载发送该业务的数据,或者,用于通知AS网络已经将MBMS承载上传输的业务数据流切换或者迁移到单播承载上。The fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the unicast bearer to send the data of the service, or to notify the AS that the network has switched or migrated the service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer.
如果该步骤S305中分配了PGW-U+UPF与AS间的第二隧道的信息,则PGW-C+SMF在该第五通知消息中包括该第二隧道的信息,以便AS根据第二隧道的信息将业务数据发送给PGW-U+UPF。If the information of the second tunnel between the PGW-U+UPF and the AS is allocated in step S305, the PGW-C+SMF includes the information of the second tunnel in the fifth notification message, so that the AS can follow the information of the second tunnel. The information sends business data to PGW-U+UPF.
S307、AS向终端设备发送第六通知消息。S307. The AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
响应于第五通知消息,AS向终端设备发送第六通知消息,该第六通知消息用于通知终端设备使用该单播承载接收该业务的数据,或者,用于通知终端设备网络已经将MBMS承载上传输的业务数据流切换或者迁移到单播承载上。In response to the fifth notification message, the AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device. The sixth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the unicast bearer to receive the data of the service, or to notify the terminal device that the network has carried the MBMS The service data stream transmitted on the uplink is switched or migrated to the unicast bearer.
其中,步骤S306和S307为可选步骤,即PGW-C+SMF建立该单播承载之后,也可以不通知AS和终端设备。或者,PGW-C+SMF向AS发送第五通知消息,AS不向终端设备发送第六通知消息。Among them, steps S306 and S307 are optional steps, that is, after the PGW-C+SMF establishes the unicast bearer, the AS and the terminal device may not be notified. Or, PGW-C+SMF sends the fifth notification message to the AS, and the AS does not send the sixth notification message to the terminal device.
S308、终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络。S308. The terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network.
小区切换过程参照已有技术,这里不再赘述,本实施例中,在小区切换过程中,将MBMS承载上传输的业务数据流从4G网络的单播承载切换到5G网络的单播路径,5G网络的单播路径即PDU会话,数据承载在PDU会话中的单播QoS流。The cell handover process refers to the existing technology and will not be repeated here. In this embodiment, during the cell handover process, the service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer is switched from the unicast bearer of the 4G network to the unicast path of the 5G network. The unicast path of the network is the PDU session, and the data is carried in the unicast QoS flow in the PDU session.
可以理解,5G网络中的数据通过QoS流传输,本实施例中QoS流包括两种:单播QoS流和组播QoS流,MBMS承载上传输的业务数据流会被映射到该单播QoS流或者组播QoS流,其中,单播QoS流为5G单播路径中的数据载体,组播QoS流为5G组播路径中的数据载体。It can be understood that the data in the 5G network is transmitted through QoS streams. In this embodiment, there are two types of QoS streams: unicast QoS streams and multicast QoS streams. The service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer will be mapped to the unicast QoS stream. Or a multicast QoS flow, where the unicast QoS flow is the data carrier in the 5G unicast path, and the multicast QoS flow is the data carrier in the 5G multicast path.
S309、将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话。S309. The terminal device is added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service.
如果该业务支持经过组播方式发送,则在该终端设备成功切换到5G网络后,可以将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话。可以理解,在终端设备切换到5G网络后,5G组播会话可能已经建立,也可能没有建立,如果5G组播会话没有建立,则PGW-C+SMF触发建立5G组播会话,PGW-C+SMF触发建立5G组播会话可参见现有技术,不再赘述。If the service supports sending via multicast, after the terminal device is successfully switched to the 5G network, the terminal device can be added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service. It is understandable that after the terminal device switches to the 5G network, the 5G multicast session may or may not be established. If the 5G multicast session is not established, PGW-C+SMF triggers the establishment of the 5G multicast session, PGW-C+ SMF triggers the establishment of a 5G multicast session, which can be referred to in the prior art, and details are not repeated here.
当终端设备成功切换到5G网络后,PGW-C+SMF判断终端设备是否支持5G组播业务,并且,该业务支持组播方式发送,则PGW-C+SMF确定将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话。When the terminal device is successfully switched to the 5G network, PGW-C+SMF determines whether the terminal device supports the 5G multicast service, and if the service supports multicast transmission, then PGW-C+SMF determines to add the terminal device to the corresponding service 5G multicast session.
PGW-C+SMF可以根据步骤301收到的终端设备的5G组播能力指示信息确定终端设备是否支持5G组播业务。The PGW-C+SMF can determine whether the terminal device supports the 5G multicast service according to the 5G multicast capability indication information of the terminal device received in step 301.
PGW-C+SMF可以根据前述步骤301或304中从PCF或者AS收到的第三指示信息确定该业务是否支持组播方式发送。The PGW-C+SMF can determine whether the service supports multicast transmission according to the third indication information received from the PCF or AS in the foregoing step 301 or 304.
可选的,PGW-C+SMF在确定将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话前,确定目标基站支持5G组播能力,目标基站是终端设备在5G网络中接入的基站。例如,在切换过程中,PGW-C+SMF可获取目标基站的5G组播能力,例如,PGW-C+SMF从AMF获取目标基站的能力(目标基站支持5G组播业务时可将该能力发送给AMF)。或者,PGW-C+SMF在触发创建到该目标基站的组播会话过程中获取该目标基站的5G组播能力(若组播会话创建成功,表示该基站支持5G组播能力)。Optionally, the PGW-C+SMF determines that the target base station supports 5G multicast capability before determining to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service, and the target base station is the base station that the terminal device accesses in the 5G network. For example, during the handover process, PGW-C+SMF can acquire the 5G multicast capability of the target base station. For example, PGW-C+SMF acquires the capability of the target base station from AMF (the target base station can send this capability when it supports 5G multicast services). To AMF). Alternatively, the PGW-C+SMF acquires the 5G multicast capability of the target base station in the process of triggering the creation of the multicast session to the target base station (if the multicast session is successfully created, it means that the base station supports 5G multicast capability).
可选的,PGW-C+SMF在切换过程中也可以不获取目标基站的5G组播能力,而是在确定终端设备支持5G组播业务,且该业务的支持组播方式发送的情况下,请求目标基站将终端设备加入该5G组播会话,如果目标基站支持5G组播业务,则同意加入,如果目标基站不支持5G组播业务,则加入失败,PGW-C+SMF根据加入失败事件确定目标基站不支持5G组播业务。Optionally, PGW-C+SMF may not acquire the 5G multicast capability of the target base station during the handover process, but when it is determined that the terminal device supports 5G multicast services and the service supports multicast transmission, Request the target base station to join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session. If the target base station supports 5G multicast services, it agrees to join. If the target base station does not support 5G multicast services, the join fails. PGW-C+SMF determines based on the join failure event. The target base station does not support 5G multicast services.
可以理解,将终端设备加入5G组播会话需要通过多个网元共同完成,例如,需要5G网络中的基站gNB(即目标基站)和PGW-C+SMF。PGW-C+SMF可以在该5G组播会话建立后通知目标基站将终端设备加入该5G组播会话,或者,PGW-C+SMF也可以在该5G组播会话建立过程中通知目标基站将终端设备加入该5G组播会话,即 在给目标基站发送该业务的组播QoS流的参数时通知目标基站将终端设备加入该5G组播会话。目标基站在收到将终端设备加入该5G组播会话的请求时,为该终端设备配置相应的无线资源,用以从该目标基站接收该5G组播会话对应的业务数据。It can be understood that joining a terminal device to a 5G multicast session needs to be completed jointly by multiple network elements, for example, a base station gNB (that is, a target base station) and PGW-C+SMF in a 5G network are required. PGW-C+SMF can notify the target base station to join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session after the 5G multicast session is established, or PGW-C+SMF can also notify the target base station to join the terminal during the establishment of the 5G multicast session The device joins the 5G multicast session, that is, when sending the parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the service to the target base station, the target base station is notified to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session. When the target base station receives the request to join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session, it configures the terminal device with corresponding wireless resources to receive the service data corresponding to the 5G multicast session from the target base station.
S310、PGW-C+SMF向AS发送第三通知消息。S310. PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS.
本实施例中,当PGW-C+SMF将终端设备加入了该业务对应的5G组播会话后,PGW-C+SMF给AS发送第三通知消息,该第三通知消息用于通知该终端设备切换到了第二网络,或者,用于通知AS开始使用5G组播会话向终端设备发送该业务的数据。In this embodiment, after PGW-C+SMF joins the terminal device to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service, PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS, and the third notification message is used to notify the terminal device Switched to the second network, or used to notify the AS to start using the 5G multicast session to send the data of the service to the terminal device.
S311、AS向终端设备发送第四通知消息。S311. The AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device.
响应于第三通知消息,AS向终端设备发送第四通知消息,该第四通知消息用于通知终端设备使用该5G组播会话接收该业务的数据。In response to the third notification message, the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the 5G multicast session to receive the data of the service.
S312、删除单播QoS流。S312. Delete the unicast QoS flow.
当PGW-C+SMF将该业务的业务数据流切换到经过5G组播会话发送时,PGW-C+SMF可删除之前为该业务数据流分配的单播QoS流的无线资源。When PGW-C+SMF switches the service data stream of the service to be sent through a 5G multicast session, PGW-C+SMF can delete the radio resources of the unicast QoS stream previously allocated for the service data stream.
可选的,PGW-C+SMF可保留单播QoS流的上下文,但PGW-C+SMF请求gNB删除这些单播QoS流的无线资源,以节省gNB的资源。Optionally, PGW-C+SMF can retain the context of unicast QoS flows, but PGW-C+SMF requests the gNB to delete the radio resources of these unicast QoS flows to save gNB resources.
可选的,PGW-C+SMF还通知PGW-U+UPF停止向该终端设备发送那些已经被迁移到经过5G组播会话发送的业务数据流。Optionally, PGW-C+SMF also informs PGW-U+UPF to stop sending to the terminal device those service data streams that have been migrated to be sent through the 5G multicast session.
图9为本申请实施例四提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图,本实施例的方法可以在实施例三中步骤S308前执行,如图9所示,本实施例提供的方法包括以下步骤:FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of a method for switching a multicast service provided in Embodiment 4 of this application. The method in this embodiment can be executed before step S308 in Embodiment 3. As shown in FIG. 9, the method provided in this embodiment is It includes the following steps:
S401、建立PDN连接。S401. Establish a PDN connection.
本步骤的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S301的描述,这里不再赘述。该PDN连接用于发送终端设备和AS之间的信令。For the specific implementation of this step, refer to the description of step S301 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here. The PDN connection is used to send signaling between the terminal equipment and the AS.
S402、组播业务的数据通过单播承载传输。S402: The data of the multicast service is transmitted through the unicast bearer.
不同于实施例一中,在PDN连接建立后,组播业务通过MBMS承载传输,本实施例中组播业务通过单播承载传输,单播承载的建立可参照实施例三中步骤S301-S307的描述,即在终端设备移出MBMS区域时将这些组播业务的数据迁移到经过单播承载发送。Different from the first embodiment, after the PDN connection is established, the multicast service is transmitted through the MBMS bearer. In this embodiment, the multicast service is transmitted through the unicast bearer. For the establishment of the unicast bearer, refer to the steps S301-S307 in the third embodiment. Description, that is, when the terminal device moves out of the MBMS area, the data of these multicast services is migrated to be sent through the unicast bearer.
S403、终端设备向AS发送第二报告,第二报告用于通知AS终端设备能够通过MBMS承载接收业务的数据。S403: The terminal device sends a second report to the AS, where the second report is used to notify the AS that the terminal device can receive service data through the MBMS bearer.
当终端设备从非MBMS区域移入MBMS区域时,终端设备检测到MBMS信号,且检测到该业务对应的数据正在通过MBMS承载发送时(基站会该业务对应的TMGI),终端设备发送第二报告给AS,AS根据第二报告获知可以通过MBMS承载给终端设备发送该业务的组播业务数据流。When the terminal device moves from the non-MBMS area into the MBMS area, the terminal device detects the MBMS signal and detects that the data corresponding to the service is being sent through the MBMS bearer (the base station will use the TMGI corresponding to the service), the terminal device sends a second report to AS, the AS learns according to the second report that the multicast service data stream of the service can be sent to the terminal device through the MBMS bearer.
S404、AS向PCF发送第四指示信息。S404. The AS sends fourth indication information to the PCF.
第四指示信息用于指示停止通过单播承载发送该业务的数据,或者,用于指示终端设备可以通过MBMS承载接收该业务的数据,或者,用于指示核心网网元删除组播业务对应的单播承载资源。The fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer, or to instruct the terminal device to receive the data of the service through the MBMS bearer, or to instruct the core network element to delete the corresponding multicast service Unicast bearer resources.
在一种实现方式中,第四指示信息中包括需要从单播承载删除的业务数据流(即 组播业务数据流)的描述信息,以便PCF将这些业务数据流对应的单播承载资源删除。In an implementation manner, the fourth indication information includes description information of service data streams (that is, multicast service data streams) that need to be deleted from the unicast bearer, so that the PCF deletes the unicast bearer resources corresponding to these service data streams.
在另一种实现方式中,第四指示信息不包括需要删除的业务数据流的描述信息,仅包括业务的标识信息,PCF根据业务的标识信息将该业务中支持组播方式的业务数据流对应的承载资源删除。应理解,AS在步骤402中指示了哪些业务数据流支持组播方式,PCF可根据步骤402中的指示确定哪些业务数据流对应的单播承载资源需要被删除。In another implementation manner, the fourth indication information does not include the description information of the service data stream that needs to be deleted, but only includes the identification information of the service. The PCF corresponds to the service data stream supporting the multicast mode in the service according to the identification information of the service. The bearer resource is deleted. It should be understood that the AS indicates which service data streams support the multicast mode in step 402, and the PCF can determine which service data streams corresponding unicast bearer resources need to be deleted according to the instructions in step 402.
S405、PCF向PGW-C+SMF发送该第四指示信息。S405. The PCF sends the fourth indication information to PGW-C+SMF.
对应S404的前一种实现方式,PCF通过第四指示信息通知PGW-C+SMF删除这些业务数据流对应的PCC规则;对应后一种实现方式,PCF通过第四指示信息仅通知PGW-C+SMF删除支持组播方式的业务数据流的单播承载资源,PCC规则保留。Corresponding to the former implementation of S404, the PCF informs PGW-C+SMF to delete the PCC rules corresponding to these service data streams through the fourth instruction information; for the latter implementation, the PCF only informs PGW-C+ through the fourth instruction information The SMF deletes the unicast bearer resources of the service data stream supporting the multicast mode, and the PCC rules are retained.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中为了描述方便,将AS向核心网设备发送的用于指示停止通过单播承载发送该业务的数据的指示信息,以及核心网设备向PGW-C+SMF发送的用于指示停止通过单播承载发送该业务的数据的指示信息均称为第四指示信息,可以理解的是,该指示信息在不同消息中或者不同网元之间发送的名称可以不同,本申请实施例对该指示信息的在不同消息中的名称或者不同网元之间的发送的名称不做限定。It should be noted that in the embodiments of this application, for the convenience of description, the instruction information sent by the AS to the core network device for instructing to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer, and the core network device to the PGW-C+SMF The sent instruction information used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer is called the fourth instruction information. It can be understood that the name of the instruction information sent in different messages or between different network elements may be different. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the indication information in different messages or the names sent between different network elements.
S406、删除组播业务对应的单播承载资源。S406. Delete the unicast bearer resource corresponding to the multicast service.
PGW-C+SMF删除前述步骤中创建的单播承载资源,例如,PGW-C+SMF通知SGW、MME、eNB删除该单播承载对应的资源,具体可参见现有技术。并且,PGW-C+SMF还通知PGW-U+UPF停止通过单播承载发送该组播业务的数据,例如,通知PGW-U+UPF删除第一映射关系或第二映射关系。The PGW-C+SMF deletes the unicast bearer resource created in the foregoing steps. For example, the PGW-C+SMF notifies the SGW, MME, and eNB to delete the resource corresponding to the unicast bearer. For details, please refer to the prior art. In addition, PGW-C+SMF also notifies PGW-U+UPF to stop sending data of the multicast service through the unicast bearer, for example, notifies PGW-U+UPF to delete the first mapping relationship or the second mapping relationship.
针对步骤S404和S405中的前一种实现方式,PGW-C+SMF删除相应的PCC规则。针对步骤S404和S405中的后一种实现方式,PGW-C+SMF仍然保留相应的PCC规则。For the former implementation in steps S404 and S405, PGW-C+SMF deletes the corresponding PCC rule. For the latter implementation in steps S404 and S405, PGW-C+SMF still retains the corresponding PCC rules.
S407、AS向终端设备发送第七通知消息。S407. The AS sends a seventh notification message to the terminal device.
该第七通知消息用于通知终端设备通过MBMS承载接收相应的数据。本实施例中步骤S407在步骤S406之后执行,可选的,在本申请其他实施例中步骤S407可以在步骤S404之前执行。The seventh notification message is used to notify the terminal device to receive corresponding data through the MBMS bearer. In this embodiment, step S407 is executed after step S406. Optionally, in other embodiments of the present application, step S407 may be executed before step S404.
在实施例一和实施例二的基础上,图10为本申请实施例五提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图,与实施例三不同的是:本实施例以上述第二种组播业务切换方式为例进行说明,即:MBMS承载传输的数据先从MBMS承载切换到4G网络中的单播承载,在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络的切换过程中,PGW-C+SMF将MBMS承载传输的数据从4G网络中的单播承载切换到5G组播会话,即不需要从4G网络中的单播承载向5G网络中的单播承载切换,从而省略了5G网络中的单播QoS流的建立。如图10所示,本实施例提供的方法包括以下步骤:On the basis of Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, FIG. 10 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 5 of this application. The difference from Embodiment 3 is that this embodiment uses the above-mentioned second type Take the multicast service switching method as an example to illustrate, that is, the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer is first switched from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer in the 4G network. During the switching process of the terminal device from the 4G network to the 5G network, PGW-C+ SMF switches the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer from the unicast bearer in the 4G network to the 5G multicast session, that is, there is no need to switch from the unicast bearer in the 4G network to the unicast bearer in the 5G network, thus omitting the 5G network. Establishment of unicast QoS flow. As shown in Figure 10, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
S501、建立PDN连接。S501. Establish a PDN connection.
S502、终端设备向AS发送第一报告,第一报告用于指示终端设备移出MBMS区域。S502: The terminal device sends a first report to the AS, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
S503、AS向PCF发送第二消息,第二消息中包括第一指示信息。S503. The AS sends a second message to the PCF, where the second message includes the first indication information.
第一指示信息用于指示为过单播承载向终端设备发送业务的数据包,可选的,第 一指示信息中包括组播业务标识,或者,第二消息中包括第一指示信息和组播业务标识。The first indication information is used to indicate that a service data packet is sent to the terminal device via a unicast bearer. Optionally, the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier, or the second message includes the first indication information and multicast Business identity.
S504、PCF向PGW-C+SMF发送第一消息,第一消息中包括第一指示信息。S504. The PCF sends a first message to PGW-C+SMF, where the first message includes first indication information.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中为了描述方便,将AS向核心网设备发送的用于指示通过单播承载发送该业务的数据的指示信息,以及核心网设备向PGW-C+SMF发送的用于指示通过单播承载发送该业务的数据的指示信息均称为第一指示信息,可以理解的是,该指示信息在不同消息中或者不同网元之间发送的名称可以不同,本申请实施例对该指示信息的在不同消息中的名称或者不同网元之间的发送的名称不做限定。本申请说明书中的其他指示信息也类似,在此统一说明。可选的,第一消息中还包括组播业务标识。It should be noted that in the embodiments of this application, for the convenience of description, the instruction information sent by the AS to the core network device for instructing to send the data of the service through the unicast bearer, and the core network device sends to the PGW-C+SMF The instruction information used to instruct to send the data of the service through the unicast bearer is called the first instruction information. It can be understood that the name of the instruction information sent in different messages or between different network elements may be different. This application The embodiment does not limit the names of the indication information in different messages or the names sent between different network elements. Other instructions in this application specification are also similar, and are explained here in a unified manner. Optionally, the first message also includes a multicast service identifier.
S505、PGW-C+SMF为支持组播方式发送的业务建立单播承载。S505. PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for services that support multicast transmission.
S506、PGW-C+SMF向AS发送第五通知消息。S506. PGW-C+SMF sends a fifth notification message to the AS.
S507、AS向终端设备发送第六通知消息。S507. The AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
步骤501-507的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S301-S307的描述,这里不再赘述。除了S301-S307的描述之外,在该实施例中还包括:For the specific implementation of steps 501-507, refer to the description of steps S301-S307 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here. In addition to the description of S301-S307, this embodiment also includes:
可选的,在步骤S501或步骤S505,PGW-C+SMF还获取该业务的组播QoS流信息,并将组播QoS流的参数发送给终端设备,其中组播QoS流的参数包括每个组播QoS流的QFI,和可选的QoS参数等。给终端设备发送组播QoS流的参数用于在将终端加入第二网络的组播会话后可以根据组播QoS流的参数接收业务的数据。Optionally, in step S501 or step S505, PGW-C+SMF also obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service, and sends the parameters of the multicast QoS flow to the terminal device, where the parameters of the multicast QoS flow include each The QFI of the multicast QoS stream, and optional QoS parameters, etc. Sending the parameters of the multicast QoS stream to the terminal device is used to receive service data according to the parameters of the multicast QoS stream after the terminal is added to the multicast session of the second network.
S508、eNB向MME发送第一切换请求。S508: The eNB sends a first handover request to the MME.
eNB是4G网络中的基站,也称为源基站,第一切换请求用于请求切换到5G网络中的目标基站,即gNB。The eNB is a base station in the 4G network, also referred to as the source base station, and the first handover request is used to request handover to the target base station in the 5G network, that is, the gNB.
S509、MME向AMF发送第一切换请求。S509. The MME sends a first handover request to the AMF.
MME可以通过转发重定位请求(Forward Relocation Request)消息将第一切换请求转发给AMF。The MME may forward the first handover request to the AMF through a Forward Relocation Request (Forward Relocation Request) message.
S510、AMF向PGW-C+SMF发送创建会话请求(Create SM Context Request)。S510. The AMF sends a create session request (Create SM Context Request) to the PGW-C+SMF.
S508-S510的具体实现方式参照已有技术,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of S508-S510, refer to the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
S511、创建该业务对应的5G组播会话。S511. Create a 5G multicast session corresponding to the service.
若该业务对应的组播会话还未建立,则,创建会话请求消息用于触发创建该业务的5G组播会话,PGW-C+SMF在收到创建会话请求消息后,根据会话的上下文,确定该PDN连接包括支持通过5G组播方式发送的业务。例如,该PDN连接所关联的该业务的PCC规则中包括第三指示信息,则该业务支持5G组播方式发送。应理解,该PDN连接上支持组播方式发送的业务数据流可能对应不同的5G组播会话,PGW-C+SMF根据这些业务数据流对应的PCC规则确定这些业务数据流是否属于相同的5G组播会话。If the multicast session corresponding to the service has not been established, the create session request message is used to trigger the creation of the 5G multicast session of the service. After receiving the create session request message, PGW-C+SMF determines according to the context of the session The PDN connection includes support for services sent through 5G multicast. For example, if the PCC rule of the service associated with the PDN connection includes the third indication information, the service supports 5G multicast transmission. It should be understood that the service data streams that support multicast transmission on the PDN connection may correspond to different 5G multicast sessions. PGW-C+SMF determines whether these service data streams belong to the same 5G group according to the PCC rules corresponding to these service data streams. Broadcast session.
5G组播会话的建立参照现有技术中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。5G组播会话的建立包括:将组播QoS流的参数发送给目标基站,以便目标基站创建相应的上下文,建立从UPF(该UPF可以是PGW-U+UPF)到目标基站的第一隧道,该第一隧道用于UPF发送组播业务的数据。The establishment of a 5G multicast session refers to related descriptions in the prior art, and details are not described herein again. The establishment of a 5G multicast session includes: sending the parameters of the multicast QoS stream to the target base station, so that the target base station creates a corresponding context, and establishes the first tunnel from the UPF (the UPF can be PGW-U+UPF) to the target base station, The first tunnel is used for UPF to send multicast service data.
S512、PGW-C+SMF向AMF发送创建会话请求响应。S512. The PGW-C+SMF sends a session creation request response to the AMF.
在5G组播会话建立之后,PGW-C+SMF向AMF发送创建会话请求响应,该创建会话请求响应中包括发送给5G网络中的目标基站的消息,该发送给目标基站的消息中包括第七指示信息,该第七指示信息用于指示将终端设备加入该业务对应的组播会话,即5G组播会话。After the 5G multicast session is established, PGW-C+SMF sends a session creation request response to AMF. The session creation request response includes a message sent to the target base station in the 5G network, and the message sent to the target base station includes the seventh Indication information, the seventh indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service, that is, the 5G multicast session.
可选的,该创建会话请求响应中还包括发送给目标基站的该5G组播会话的组播QoS流的参数。Optionally, the session creation request response further includes parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the 5G multicast session sent to the target base station.
可选的,组播QoS流的参数也可以在步骤S511中发送,即在5G组播会话建立过程中,PGW-C+SMF将组播QoS流的参数发送给目标基站。Optionally, the parameters of the multicast QoS stream may also be sent in step S511, that is, during the establishment of the 5G multicast session, the PGW-C+SMF sends the parameters of the multicast QoS stream to the target base station.
S513、AMF向gNB发送第二切换请求。S513. The AMF sends a second handover request to the gNB.
gNB为目标基站,AMF将从PGW-C+SMF收到的第七指示信息携带在第二切换请求发送给gNB,如果创建会话请求响应中包括组播QoS流的参数,则第二切换请求中包括该组播QoS流的参数。gNB根据该第七指示信息和该组播QoS流的参数,为组播QoS流分配无线资源。gNB is the target base station. AMF carries the seventh indication information received from PGW-C+SMF in the second handover request and sends it to gNB. If the session creation request response includes the parameters of the multicast QoS flow, the second handover request Include the parameters of the multicast QoS flow. The gNB allocates wireless resources for the multicast QoS flow according to the seventh indication information and the parameters of the multicast QoS flow.
S514、gNB向AMF发送第二切换请求响应。S514. The gNB sends a second handover request response to the AMF.
第二切换请求响应包括透明容器(transparent container),该透明容器中包括了gNB为该终端设备加入该5G组播会话所分配的组播QoS流的无线资源的配置信息。The second handover request response includes a transparent container, and the transparent container includes configuration information of the wireless resource of the multicast QoS flow allocated by the gNB for the terminal device to join the 5G multicast session.
S515、AMF通过MME将第二切换请求响应发送给eNB。S515. The AMF sends the second handover request response to the eNB through the MME.
S516、eNB向终端设备发送切换命令。S516. The eNB sends a handover command to the terminal device.
eNB从透明容器中获取gNB为终端设备的组播QoS流分配的无线资源的配置信息,将组播QoS流分配的无线资源的配置信息携带在切换命令中发送给终端设备。The eNB obtains the configuration information of the wireless resources allocated by the gNB for the multicast QoS flow of the terminal device from the transparent container, carries the configuration information of the wireless resource allocated by the multicast QoS flow in the handover command and sends it to the terminal device.
终端设备根据组播QoS流分配的无线资源的配置信息进行配置,并接入gNB,在配置完成后组播业务的数据可以通过5G组播会话传输。The terminal device is configured according to the configuration information of the wireless resource allocated by the multicast QoS flow, and accesses the gNB. After the configuration is completed, the data of the multicast service can be transmitted through the 5G multicast session.
S514至S516中,目标基站通过源基站将组播QoS流的无线资源的配置信息发送给终端设备。In S514 to S516, the target base station sends the wireless resource configuration information of the multicast QoS stream to the terminal device through the source base station.
S517、后续切换流程。S517. Subsequent switching process.
该后续切换流程包括终端设备接入gNB后,gNB给AMF发送通知、AMF通知PGW-C+SMF切换路径等,本实施例相对于现有技术不修改后续切换流程。The subsequent handover process includes that after the terminal device accesses the gNB, the gNB sends a notification to the AMF, and the AMF notifies the PGW-C+SMF switching path. This embodiment does not modify the subsequent handover process compared to the prior art.
S518、PGW-C+SMF向AS发送第三通知消息。S518. PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS.
S519、AS向终端设备发送第六通知消息。S519. The AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
S518和S519的具体实现方式可参照实施例三中步骤S310和S311的相关描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of S518 and S519, reference may be made to the related description of steps S310 and S311 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
相对于实施例三,本实施例中MBMS承载传输的数据从4G网络中的单播承载直接切换到5G组播会话,即不需要从4G网络中的单播承载先切换到5G网络中的单播承载,再从5G网络中的单播承载切换到5G组播会话,从而省略了5G网络中的单播QoS流的建立,缩短了将组播业务从MBMS承载切换到5G组播会话的时间。Compared with the third embodiment, the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer in this embodiment is directly switched from the unicast bearer in the 4G network to the 5G multicast session, that is, there is no need to switch from the unicast bearer in the 4G network to the single in the 5G network first. And then switch from the unicast bearer in the 5G network to the 5G multicast session, thereby omitting the establishment of the unicast QoS flow in the 5G network, and shortening the time to switch the multicast service from the MBMS bearer to the 5G multicast session .
在实施例一和实施例二的基础上,图11为本申请实施例六提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图,与实施例三不同的是:本实施例以上述第三种组播业务切换方式为例进行说明。如图11所示,本实施例提供的方法包括以下步骤:On the basis of Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, FIG. 11 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 6 of this application. The difference from Embodiment 3 is that this embodiment uses the third method mentioned above. Take the multicast service switching method as an example for description. As shown in FIG. 11, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
S601、建立PDN连接。S601. Establish a PDN connection.
S602、终端设备向AS发送第一报告,第一报告用于指示终端设备移出MBMS区域。S602. The terminal device sends a first report to the AS, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
S603、AS向PCF发送第二消息,第二消息中包括第一指示信息和第六指示信息。S603. The AS sends a second message to the PCF, where the second message includes the first indication information and the sixth indication information.
S604、PCF向PGW-C+SMF发送第一消息,第一消息中包括第一指示信息和第六指示信息。S604. The PCF sends a first message to the PGW-C+SMF, where the first message includes the first indication information and the sixth indication information.
S605、PGW-C+SMF为支持组播方式发送的业务建立单播承载。S605. PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for services that support multicast transmission.
S606、PGW-C+SMF向AS发送第五通知消息。S606. PGW-C+SMF sends a fifth notification message to the AS.
S607、AS向终端设备发送第六通知消息。S607. The AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device.
步骤501-507与实施例三中步骤S301-S307基本相似,区别在于:本实施例中,AS发送的业务的描述信息是以上述情况二的方式发送时的第二描述信息,相应地,第一指示信息中包括的是第二规则,第二规则是PCF根据第二描述信息确定的,第二规则中不包括第三指示信息。而实施例三中,AS发送的业务的描述信息是以上述情况一的方式发送时的第一描述信息,第一指示信息中包括的是第一规则,第一规则是PCF根据第一描述信息确定,第一规则中包括第三指示信息。另外,本实施例中,第一消息和第二消息中包括第六指示信息,实施例三中,AS发送的第一消息和第二消息中不包括第六指示信息。Steps 501-507 are basically similar to steps S301-S307 in the third embodiment. The difference is that: in this embodiment, the description information of the service sent by the AS is the second description information when it is sent in the second case above. Correspondingly, the first One indication information includes the second rule, the second rule is determined by the PCF according to the second description information, and the second rule does not include the third indication information. In the third embodiment, the description information of the service sent by the AS is the first description information when it is sent in the above case 1. The first indication information includes the first rule, and the first rule is that the PCF according to the first description information It is determined that the third instruction information is included in the first rule. In addition, in this embodiment, the first message and the second message include the sixth indication information. In the third embodiment, the first message and the second message sent by the AS do not include the sixth indication information.
S608、终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络。S608: The terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network.
S609、PGW-C+SMF向AS发送第一通知消息。S609. PGW-C+SMF sends the first notification message to the AS.
本实施例中,终端设备根据该第六指示信息,在终端设备从4G网络成功切换到5G网络之后(即PGW-C+SMF在首都切换完成指示信息时),且判断出终端设备支持5G组播业务时,向AS发送第一通知消息,该第一通知消息用于通知支持或即将支持使用组播方式给终端设备发送该业务的数据,或者,用于通知该终端设备切换到到5G网络,或者,用于通知AS使用情况一方式给终端设备发送该业务的数据。In this embodiment, the terminal device according to the sixth instruction information, after the terminal device has successfully switched from the 4G network to the 5G network (that is, when the PGW-C+SMF is in the capital switching completion instruction information), and determines that the terminal device supports the 5G group When broadcasting the service, the first notification message is sent to the AS. The first notification message is used to notify that it supports or will support the use of multicast to send the data of the service to the terminal device, or is used to notify the terminal device to switch to the 5G network , Or, a method used to notify the AS of the usage status to send the data of the service to the terminal device.
在本申请其他实施例中,PGW-C+SMF也可以在终端设备准备切换时,向AS发送该第一通知消息,即PGW-C+SMF在收到切换准备指示信息时发送第一通知消息。In other embodiments of the present application, PGW-C+SMF may also send the first notification message to the AS when the terminal device is ready for handover, that is, PGW-C+SMF sends the first notification message when receiving the handover preparation instruction information .
当然,PGW-C+SMF也可以在收到切换准备后的其他时机发送第一通知消息,不限定。Of course, PGW-C+SMF can also send the first notification message at other times after receiving the handover preparation, which is not limited.
S610、AS向PCF发送将终端设备加入组播会话的请求消息。S610. The AS sends a request message for adding the terminal device to the multicast session to the PCF.
AS根据第一通知消息确定将终端设备加入5G组播会话,并通知核心网设备将终端设备加入5G组播会话。The AS determines to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session according to the first notification message, and notifies the core network device to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session.
S611、PCF向PGW-C+SMF发送第五指示信息。S611. The PCF sends fifth indication information to PGW-C+SMF.
PCF根据AS的指示将终端设备加入5G组播会话,并向PGW-C+SMF发送第五指示信息,指示PGW-C+SMF将终端设备加入5G组播会话。The PCF adds the terminal device to the 5G multicast session according to the AS instruction, and sends fifth instruction information to PGW-C+SMF to instruct the PGW-C+SMF to add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session.
S612、根据第五指示信息将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话。S612: Add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information.
步骤S612的具体实现方式可参照实施例三步骤S309的描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of step S612, refer to the description of step S309 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
S613、PGW-C+SMF向AS发送第三通知消息。S613. PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS.
S614、AS向终端设备发送第四通知消息。S614. The AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device.
步骤S613和S614为可选步骤。Steps S613 and S614 are optional steps.
S615、删除单播QoS流。S615. Delete the unicast QoS flow.
步骤S613-615的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S310-S312的相关描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of steps S613-615, refer to the related description of steps S310-S312 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请其他实施例中,AS收到第一通知消息后,也可以向终端设备发送第二通知消息,通知终端设备使用5G组播会话接收数据,终端设备根据第二通知消息向PGW-C+SMF发送给第五指示信息。In other embodiments of the present application, after receiving the first notification message, the AS may also send a second notification message to the terminal device to notify the terminal device to use the 5G multicast session to receive data, and the terminal device sends the PGW-C to the PGW-C according to the second notification message. +SMF is sent to the fifth instruction message.
在实施例一和实施例二的基础上,图12为本申请实施例七提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图,本实施例以上述第一种组播业务切换方式为例进行说明,即MBMS承载传输的数据先从MBMS承载切换到4G网络中的单播承载,在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络的切换过程中,PGW-C+SMF将MBMS承载传输的数据从4G网络中的单播承载切换到PDU会话(即5G网络中的单播路径),在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络之后,PGW-C+SMF将终端设备加入5G组播会话,即从5G网络中的单播路径切换到5G组播路径。On the basis of Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, FIG. 12 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 7 of this application. This embodiment takes the above-mentioned first multicast service switching method as an example. Note that the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer is first switched from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer in the 4G network. During the switching process of the terminal device from the 4G network to the 5G network, PGW-C+SMF transfers the data transmitted by the MBMS bearer from 4G The unicast bearer in the network is switched to the PDU session (that is, the unicast path in the 5G network). After the terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network, PGW-C+SMF will join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session, that is, from 5G The unicast path in the network is switched to the 5G multicast path.
本实施例中,AS先将数据发送给UPF,再通过UPF将数据发送给PGW-U+UPF。In this embodiment, the AS first sends the data to the UPF, and then sends the data to the PGW-U+UPF through the UPF.
在本实施例的流程之前,AS向核心网设备发送该业务的组播业务信息,其中,组播业务信息包括该业务以组播方式发送时的业务描述信息,例如五元组信息。示例性的,该业务的组播业务信息中的业务描述信息中的目的IP地址为该业务以组播方式发送时所使用的组播IP地址。组播业务信息还包括该业务的QoS需求信息,例如该业务以组播方式发送时的带宽需求等。这里,核心网设备是指PCF或NEF,当核心网设备是NEF时,NEF接收该业务的组播业务信息后将之保存到UDR中,并由UDR将该业务的组播业务信息发送给PCF。PCF根据该业务的组播业务信息确定该业务的组播PCC规则,并发送给第二SMF,第二SMF可根据该业务的组播业务信息确定该业务的组播QoS流信息,组播业务信息中包括组播业务标识,具体确定的过程可参见现有技术,不再赘述。Before the process of this embodiment, the AS sends the multicast service information of the service to the core network device, where the multicast service information includes service description information when the service is sent in a multicast manner, such as quintuple information. Exemplarily, the destination IP address in the service description information in the multicast service information of the service is the multicast IP address used when the service is sent in a multicast manner. The multicast service information also includes the QoS requirement information of the service, for example, the bandwidth requirement when the service is sent in the multicast mode. Here, the core network equipment refers to PCF or NEF. When the core network equipment is NEF, NEF receives the multicast service information of the service and saves it in the UDR, and the UDR sends the multicast service information of the service to the PCF. . The PCF determines the multicast PCC rule of the service according to the multicast service information of the service and sends it to the second SMF. The second SMF can determine the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service information of the service. The information includes the multicast service identifier. For the specific determination process, please refer to the prior art and will not be repeated.
可选的,该业务的组播业务信息中还包括第八指示信息,第八指示信息用于指示该业务在跨系统切换时支持业务连续性。若组播业务信息中包括第八指示信息,PCF将第八指示信息发送给第二SMF,用以指示该业务在跨系统切换时需要支持业务连续性。这里,为了简化描述,将PCF所接收的指示信息和PCF发送给第二SMF的指示信息均称为第八指示信息,在实际应用时也可以采用不同的名字,但作用均用于指示该业务需要支持业务连续性。这里业务连续性是指在终端设备移动时尽量保证该业务的数据包不丢包、和/或按序发送等。Optionally, the multicast service information of the service further includes eighth indication information, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the service supports service continuity when switching across systems. If the multicast service information includes the eighth indication information, the PCF sends the eighth indication information to the second SMF to indicate that the service needs to support service continuity during cross-system handover. Here, in order to simplify the description, the instruction information received by the PCF and the instruction information sent by the PCF to the second SMF are both called the eighth instruction information. In actual applications, different names can also be used, but both are used to indicate the service. Need to support business continuity. Here, business continuity refers to ensuring that the data packets of the business are not lost and/or sent in order when the terminal device is moving.
参照图5和图12,本实施例提供的方法包括以下步骤:5 and 12, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
S701、建立PDN连接。S701. Establish a PDN connection.
S702、终端设备向AS发送第一报告,第一报告用于指示终端设备移出MBMS区域。S702. The terminal device sends a first report to the AS, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
S701-S702的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S301和S302的描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of S701-S702, refer to the description of steps S301 and S302 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
S703、AS向PCF发送第二消息,第二消息中包括第一指示信息和组播业务标识。S703. The AS sends a second message to the PCF, where the second message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier.
该组播业务标识可以为TMGI,也可以是其他标识信息,本实施例不限定。第一 指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包。The multicast service identifier may be TMGI or other identification information, which is not limited in this embodiment. The first indication information is used to indicate that a data packet of a service is sent to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer.
需注意的是,组播业务标识也可以包括在第一指示信息中发送给PCF。It should be noted that the multicast service identifier may also be included in the first instruction information and sent to the PCF.
S704、PCF向PGW-C+SMF发送第一消息,第一消息中包括第一指示信息和组播业务标识。S704. The PCF sends a first message to the PGW-C+SMF, where the first message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier.
需注意的是,组播业务标识也可以包括在第一指示信息中发送给PGW-C+SMF。It should be noted that the multicast service identifier may also be included in the first indication information and sent to PGW-C+SMF.
第一消息和第二消息中都携带了第一指示信息,在具体实现时,可以采用不同的消息名称,但它们的作用都用于指示通过单播承载向终端设备发送该业务的数据,为了方便描述,在本实施例中将它们都称为第一指示信息。Both the first message and the second message carry the first indication information. In specific implementation, different message names can be used, but their functions are both used to indicate that the service data is sent to the terminal device through a unicast bearer. For ease of description, they are all referred to as first indication information in this embodiment.
S705、PGW-C+SMF根据组播业务标识获取业务的组播QoS流信息。S705. The PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
本申请实施例中,PGW-C+SMF可以根据组播业务标识获取业务的组播QoS流信息。PGW-C+SMF可以根据组播业务标识向第二SMF请求业务的组播QoS流信息,第二SMF可根据组播业务标识获取组播业务信息,根据组播业务信息确定该业务的组播QoS流信息,具体确定的过程可参见现有技术,不再赘述。In the embodiment of this application, the PGW-C+SMF can obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier. PGW-C+SMF can request the multicast QoS flow information of the service from the second SMF according to the multicast service identifier, and the second SMF can obtain the multicast service information according to the multicast service identifier, and determine the multicast of the service according to the multicast service information For the specific determination process of the QoS flow information, please refer to the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
业务的组播QoS流信息包括该业务的一个或多个QoS流的信息,其中一个QoS流的信息包括该QoS流的QFI、映射到该QoS流的业务识别信息(例如,五元组或业务标识,其中五元组信息中的目的地址为该业务的组播IP地址)、该QoS流的QoS参数(例如,该QoS流对应的5QI、最大带宽需求等)。The multicast QoS flow information of the service includes the information of one or more QoS flows of the service, and the information of one QoS flow includes the QFI of the QoS flow and the service identification information (for example, five-tuple or service Identification, where the destination address in the 5-tuple information is the multicast IP address of the service), the QoS parameters of the QoS flow (for example, the 5QI corresponding to the QoS flow, the maximum bandwidth requirement, etc.).
在一种实现方式中,PGW-C+SMF可从UDM/UDR中获取该业务的组播QoS流信息,具体的,PGW-C+SMF将组播业务标识发送给UDM/UDR,以便UDM/UDR根据组播业务标识获取该业务的组播QoS流信息。UDM/UDR中保存的该业务的组播QoS流信息可以是第二SMF保存到UDM/UDR中的,例如,第二SMF从PCF获取该业务的信息,例如,该业务的PCC规则,并根据从PCF获取的该业务的PCC规则确定该业务的组播QoS流信息,在确定了组播QoS流信息后,第二SMF将该业务的组播QoS流信息和该业务的组播业务标识、第二SMF的标识信息一起保存到UDM/UDR。In one implementation, PGW-C+SMF can obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service from UDM/UDR. Specifically, PGW-C+SMF sends the multicast service identifier to UDM/UDR so that UDM/UDR The UDR obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier. The multicast QoS flow information of the service stored in the UDM/UDR may be stored in the UDM/UDR by the second SMF. For example, the second SMF obtains the information of the service from the PCF, for example, the PCC rules of the service, and according to The PCC rule of the service obtained from the PCF determines the multicast QoS flow information of the service. After the multicast QoS flow information is determined, the second SMF is the multicast QoS flow information of the service and the multicast service identifier of the service, The identification information of the second SMF is saved to UDM/UDR together.
在另一种实现方式中,PGW-C+SMF从第二SMF获取该业务的组播QoS流信息。当PGW-C+SMF接收到第一消息后,PGW-C+SMF将组播业务标识发送给第二SMF,第二SMF根据组播业务标识将该业务的组播QoS流信息发送给PGW-C+SMF。PGW-C+SMF可根据组播业务标识从UDM/UDR中获取该业务对应的第二SMF的信息,以便从第二SMF获取该业务的组播QoS流信息。In another implementation manner, PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service from the second SMF. When PGW-C+SMF receives the first message, PGW-C+SMF sends the multicast service identifier to the second SMF, and the second SMF sends the multicast QoS flow information of the service to PGW- according to the multicast service identifier. C+SMF. The PGW-C+SMF can obtain the information of the second SMF corresponding to the service from the UDM/UDR according to the multicast service identifier, so as to obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service from the second SMF.
若该业务需要支持跨系统移动时的业务连续性,则第二SMF或UDM/UDR向PGW-C+SMF发送第八指示信息,用以指示该业务需要支持业务连续性。If the service needs to support service continuity when moving across systems, the second SMF or UDM/UDR sends eighth indication information to PGW-C+SMF to indicate that the service needs to support service continuity.
S706、PGW-C+SMF根据业务的组播QoS流信息为业务建立单播承载。S706. The PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer for the service according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service.
PGW-C+SMF根据业务的组播QoS流信息确定发送该业务的数据包的单播承载,该单播承载可以为EPS承载。示例性的,PGW-C+SMF可将一个或多个组播QoS流映射到一个EPS承载。PGW-C+SMF可以将该业务的组播QoS流映射到现有的EPS承载上,也可以将该业务的组播QoS流映射到新的EPS承载中。The PGW-C+SMF determines the unicast bearer for sending the data packet of the service according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service, and the unicast bearer may be an EPS bearer. Exemplarily, PGW-C+SMF can map one or more multicast QoS streams to one EPS bearer. PGW-C+SMF can map the multicast QoS flow of the service to an existing EPS bearer, and it can also map the multicast QoS flow of the service to a new EPS bearer.
PGW-C+SMF可将部分组播QoS流映射到现有承载中,部分组播QoS流映射到新承载;或者,PGW-C+SMF将全部组播QoS流映射到现有承载中;或者PGW-C+SMF将全部组播QoS流映射到新承载,本实施例不对此进行限定。PGW-C+SMF can map part of the multicast QoS flow to the existing bearer, and part of the multicast QoS flow to the new bearer; or, PGW-C+SMF can map all the multicast QoS flows to the existing bearer; or PGW-C+SMF maps all multicast QoS flows to the new bearer, which is not limited in this embodiment.
除此之外,若PGW-C+SMF接收到第八指示信息,即,该业务支持业务连续性,则为了该业务能从经过第一网络的单播承载发送切换为经过第二网络的PDU会话发送,在该步骤,PGW-C+SMF还确定该业务通过第二网络的PDU会话发送时所对应的单播QoS流的参数,例如,PGW-C+SMF可将该业务的一个或多个组播QoS流映射到一个单播QoS流,并根据映射到该单播QoS流的业务数据流的QoS参数确定该单播QoS流的QoS参数。若不需要将单播QoS流信息发送给终端设备,则该确定单播QoS流的过程也可以在切换时进行,即步骤S711,不限定。In addition, if the PGW-C+SMF receives the eighth indication information, that is, the service supports service continuity, in order for the service to switch from unicast bearer transmission through the first network to PDU through the second network Session transmission. In this step, PGW-C+SMF also determines the parameters of the corresponding unicast QoS flow when the service is sent through the PDU session of the second network. For example, PGW-C+SMF can be used for one or more A multicast QoS flow is mapped to a unicast QoS flow, and the QoS parameters of the unicast QoS flow are determined according to the QoS parameters of the service data flow mapped to the unicast QoS flow. If there is no need to send the unicast QoS flow information to the terminal device, the process of determining the unicast QoS flow can also be performed during the handover, that is, step S711, which is not limited.
本申请实施例中,为该业务建立单播承载包括修改承载(若业务的组播QoS流映射到了现有承载中)和/或创建承载(若业务的组播QoS映射到了新承载中)。PGW-C+SMF在建立单播承载后,由PGW-C+SMF通知SGW修改承载(若业务的组播QoS流映射到了现有承载中)和/或创建承载(若业务的组播QoS映射到了新承载中),具体可参见现有技术,本实施例不赘述。在此过程中,PGW-C+SMF获取该业务对应的一个或多个EPS承载的第一隧道信息。In the embodiment of the present application, establishing a unicast bearer for the service includes modifying the bearer (if the multicast QoS flow of the service is mapped to an existing bearer) and/or creating a bearer (if the multicast QoS flow of the service is mapped to a new bearer). After PGW-C+SMF establishes a unicast bearer, PGW-C+SMF informs the SGW to modify the bearer (if the multicast QoS flow of the service is mapped to the existing bearer) and/or create a bearer (if the multicast QoS of the service is mapped) In the new bearer), for details, please refer to the prior art, which will not be repeated in this embodiment. In this process, PGW-C+SMF obtains the first tunnel information of one or more EPS bearers corresponding to the service.
可选的,在修改承载和/或创建承载的过程中,PGW-C+SMF将该业务对应的EPS承载的信息,包括承载标识,和该业务对应的单播QoS流(包括QFI)发送给终端设备。Optionally, in the process of modifying the bearer and/or creating the bearer, PGW-C+SMF sends the EPS bearer information corresponding to the service, including the bearer identifier, and the unicast QoS flow (including QFI) corresponding to the service to Terminal Equipment.
S707、PGW-C+SMF向PGW-U+UPF发送第二指示信息。S707. PGW-C+SMF sends second indication information to PGW-U+UPF.
第二指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向终端设备发送数据包,PGW-C+SMF建立单播承载之后,确定第一映射关系,第一映射关系是业务的组播QoS流的QFI与第一隧道的信息的映射关系,第一隧道的信息是下行节点的隧道信息,下行节点是SGW或接入网设备(当SGW与其他网元合设时),每个单播承载对应一个第一隧道。The second indication information is used to indicate that data packets are sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer. After the PGW-C+SMF establishes the unicast bearer, the first mapping relationship is determined. The first mapping relationship is the QFI and the first mapping relationship of the multicast QoS flow of the service. The mapping relationship of the information of a tunnel, the information of the first tunnel is the tunnel information of the downlink node, the downlink node is the SGW or the access network equipment (when the SGW is co-located with other network elements), and each unicast bearer corresponds to a first tunnel.
第二指示信息包括第一映射关系,用于PGW-U+UPF根据第一映射关系将从第二隧道上(第二隧道是PGW-U+UPF与UPF间的隧道)接收的数据的QFI确定其对应的单播单播承载所对应的第一隧道信息。The second indication information includes the first mapping relationship, used for PGW-U+UPF to determine the QFI of the data received from the second tunnel (the second tunnel is the tunnel between PGW-U+UPF and UPF) according to the first mapping relationship The corresponding unicast unicast bears the corresponding first tunnel information.
若第二隧道还未建立,PGW-C+SMF请求PGW-U+UPF分配第二隧道的隧道信息。PGW-U+UPF分配第二隧道的隧道信息,并发送给PGW-C+SMF。If the second tunnel has not been established, PGW-C+SMF requests PGW-U+UPF to allocate tunnel information of the second tunnel. PGW-U+UPF allocates the tunnel information of the second tunnel and sends it to PGW-C+SMF.
S708、PGW-C+SMF向第二SMF发送第二隧道信息。S708. PGW-C+SMF sends second tunnel information to the second SMF.
S709、第二SMF向UPF发送第二隧道信息。S709. The second SMF sends the second tunnel information to the UPF.
UPF使用第二隧道信息向GW-U+UPF发送该业务的数据包。The UPF uses the second tunnel information to send the data packet of the service to the GW-U+UPF.
S710、第二SMF向PGW-C+SMF向发送响应消息。S710. The second SMF sends a response message to PGW-C+SMF.
在单播承载建立完成之后,AS可以通过该单播承载发送业务数据。可选的,在步骤S710之后,即PGW-C+SMF接收到该响应消息后,PGW-C+SMF向AS发送第五通知消息,第五通知消息用于通知AS使用单播承载发送该业务的数据,或者,用于通知AS网络已经将MBMS承载上传输的业务数据流切换或者迁移到单播承载上。After the establishment of the unicast bearer is completed, the AS can send service data through the unicast bearer. Optionally, after step S710, that is, after PGW-C+SMF receives the response message, PGW-C+SMF sends a fifth notification message to the AS, and the fifth notification message is used to notify the AS to use the unicast bearer to send the service The data is used to notify the AS network that the service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer has been switched or migrated to the unicast bearer.
可选的,响应于第五通知消息,AS向终端设备发送第六通知消息,该第六通知消息用于通知终端设备使用该单播承载接收该业务的数据,或者,用于通知终端设备网络已经将MBMS承载上传输的业务数据流切换或者迁移到单播承载上。Optionally, in response to the fifth notification message, the AS sends a sixth notification message to the terminal device. The sixth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the unicast bearer to receive the data of the service, or to notify the terminal device network The service data stream transmitted on the MBMS bearer has been switched or migrated to the unicast bearer.
S711、终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络。S711. The terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network.
本实施例中,只有该业务支持业务连续性时,才将该业务对应的承载切换到5G 网络。本步骤的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S308的描述,这里不再赘述。In this embodiment, the bearer corresponding to the service is switched to the 5G network only when the service supports service continuity. For the specific implementation of this step, refer to the description of step S308 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,也可以在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G的过程中将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话,即将步骤S711-S712替换为步骤S508-S517。It should be noted that the terminal device can also be added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service during the process of switching the terminal device from the 4G network to the 5G network, that is, steps S711-S712 are replaced with steps S508-S517.
S712、将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话。S712. The terminal device is added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service.
本步骤的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S310的描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of this step, refer to the description of step S310 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
S713、删除单播QoS流。S713. Delete the unicast QoS flow.
步骤S713的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S312的描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of step S713, refer to the description of step S312 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,在步骤S712之后,PGW-C+SMF给AS发送第三通知消息,该第三通知消息用于通知该终端设备切换到了5G网络,或者,用于通知AS开始使用5G组播会话向终端设备发送该业务的数据。响应于第三通知消息,AS向终端设备发送第四通知消息,该第四通知消息用于通知终端设备使用该5G组播会话接收该业务的数据。Optionally, after step S712, PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS, where the third notification message is used to notify the terminal device that it has switched to the 5G network, or to notify the AS to start using the 5G multicast session Send the data of the service to the terminal device. In response to the third notification message, the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the 5G multicast session to receive the data of the service.
在实施例一和实施例二的基础上,图13为本申请实施例八提供的组播业务切换的方法的信令流程图,本实施例与实施例七不同的是:本实施例中,MBMS承载传输的数据不从MBMS承载切换到4G网络的单播承载,而直接在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络的切换过程中,PGW-C+SMF在5G网络为该业务创建相应的单播QoS流,以便在终端切换到5G网络后可以通过单播QoS流发送,在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络之后,PGW-C+SMF将终端设备加入5G组播会话,即从5G网络中的单播路径切换到5G组播路径。如图13所示,本实施例的方法可以包括以下步骤:On the basis of Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, FIG. 13 is a signaling flowchart of the method for switching multicast services provided in Embodiment 8 of this application. The difference between this embodiment and Embodiment 7 is: in this embodiment, The data transmitted by the MBMS bearer does not switch from the MBMS bearer to the unicast bearer of the 4G network, but directly during the handover process of the terminal device from the 4G network to the 5G network. PGW-C+SMF creates a corresponding order for the service on the 5G network. After the terminal is switched to the 5G network, it can be sent through the unicast QoS stream. After the terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network, PGW-C+SMF will join the terminal device to the 5G multicast session, that is, from the 5G network The unicast path in is switched to the 5G multicast path. As shown in FIG. 13, the method of this embodiment may include the following steps:
S801、建立PDN连接。S801. Establish a PDN connection.
S801的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S301的描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of S801, refer to the description of step S301 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
S802、PGW-C+SMF获取该业务的组播业务标识。S802, PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast service identifier of the service.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备通过PDN连接给PGW-C+SMF发送消息,该消息包括组播业务标识,例如,终端设备发送IGMP Join,PGW-C+SMF接收IGMP Join消息(该消息经过PGW-U+UPF发送给PGW-C+SMF),IGMP Join包括该业务以组播方式发送时的组播地址信息,该组播地址信息可用于识别该业务(即,作为组播业务标识)。需要说明的是,该业务的组播业务标识可以包括多种不同的标识,例如,组播地址信息(例如用于在IGMP消息中标识该业务)、TMGI(用于4G MBMS标识该业务)、或者5G组播业务标识(用于5G网络标识该业务)。在该实现方式中,终端设备可在确定需要接收该业务时向PGW-C+SMF发送组播业务标识,进一步的,终端设备可在确定该业务需要支持连续性时向PGW-C+SMF发送组播业务标识。In one implementation, the terminal device sends a message to PGW-C+SMF through a PDN connection, and the message includes a multicast service identifier. For example, the terminal device sends an IGMP Join, and the PGW-C+SMF receives an IGMP Join message (the message passes through PGW-U+UPF is sent to PGW-C+SMF), IGMP Join includes multicast address information when the service is sent in multicast mode, and the multicast address information can be used to identify the service (that is, as a multicast service identifier) . It should be noted that the multicast service identifier of the service can include a variety of different identifiers, for example, multicast address information (for example, used to identify the service in an IGMP message), TMGI (for 4G MBMS identification of the service), Or 5G multicast service identifier (used to identify the service in the 5G network). In this implementation, the terminal device can send a multicast service identifier to PGW-C+SMF when it is determined that the service needs to be received. Further, the terminal device can send a multicast service identifier to PGW-C+SMF when it is determined that the service needs to support continuity. Multicast service identifier.
终端设备通过PDN连接发送该组播业务的标识,从而使得PGW-C+SMF将该业务与PDN连接关联,以使得当终端设备切换到第二网络时,PGW-C+SMF可将该业务与PDN连接对应的PDU会话关联,从而可通过该PDU会话将终端设备加入第二网络的组播会话。The terminal device sends the identifier of the multicast service through the PDN connection, so that PGW-C+SMF associates the service with the PDN connection, so that when the terminal device switches to the second network, the PGW-C+SMF can associate the service with the PDN connection. The PDU session corresponding to the PDN connection is associated, so that the terminal device can be added to the multicast session of the second network through the PDU session.
在另外一种实现方式中,PGW-C+SMF从AS接收组播业务标识,例如,当终端设备与AS间通过PDN连接进行应用层信令交互的过程中,AS向核心网设备发送该业务的组播业务标识,并由PCF将该组播业务标识发送给PGW-C+SMF。例如,AS在向核心网设备发送应用的信令描述信息时,将该业务的组播业务标识发送给核心网设备,核心网设备(例如PCF)在发送信令对应的PCC规则时将组播业务标识发送给 PGW-C+SMF。AS可以在该业务需要支持连续性时向核心网设备发送组播业务标识。AS可在收到终端设备发送的请求接收该业务的消息后将该业务的组播业务标识发送给PGW-C+SMF。In another implementation, PGW-C+SMF receives the multicast service identifier from the AS. For example, when the terminal device and the AS are connected to the AS for application layer signaling interaction through the PDN connection, the AS sends the service to the core network device And the PCF sends the multicast service identifier to PGW-C+SMF. For example, when the AS sends the signaling description information of the application to the core network device, it sends the multicast service identifier of the service to the core network device, and the core network device (for example, PCF) sends the multicast service when sending the PCC rule corresponding to the signaling. The service identification is sent to PGW-C+SMF. The AS can send the multicast service identifier to the core network device when the service needs to support continuity. The AS may send the multicast service identifier of the service to the PGW-C+SMF after receiving the message requesting to receive the service sent by the terminal device.
S803、PGW-C+SMF根据组播业务标识获取业务的组播QoS流信息。S803. The PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
当PGW-C+SMF获取了组播业务标识后,根据组播业务标识获取该业务的组播QoS流信息,并保存组播QoS流信息。具体获取方式参见步骤S705的描述,这里不再赘述。这里,PGW-C+SMF若从终端设备获取组播业务标识,PGW-C+SMF可判断终端设备当前是否通过第一网络接入(例如,PGW-C+SMF可感知与下行节点间的接口类型为S5接口或S8接口,从而判断终端设备通过第一网络接入),PGW-C+SMF若判断终端设备通过第一网络接入,PGW-C+SMF仅获取该业务的组播QoS流信息,不为该业务建立单播承载。After the PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast service identifier, it obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier, and saves the multicast QoS flow information. Refer to the description of step S705 for the specific obtaining method, which will not be repeated here. Here, if PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast service identifier from the terminal device, PGW-C+SMF can determine whether the terminal device is currently connected through the first network (for example, PGW-C+SMF can sense the interface with the downlink node The type is S5 interface or S8 interface, so it is judged that the terminal device is connected through the first network), if PGW-C+SMF judges that the terminal device is connected through the first network, PGW-C+SMF only obtains the multicast QoS flow of the service Information, do not establish a unicast bearer for this service.
S804、终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络,且在切换过程中根据该业务的组播QoS流信息在5G网络中创建单播QoS流。S804. The terminal device switches from the 4G network to the 5G network, and creates a unicast QoS flow in the 5G network according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service during the switching process.
本实施例中,只有该业务支持业务连续性时,才将该业务对应的承载切换到5G网络。本步骤的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S308的描述,这里不再赘述。In this embodiment, the bearer corresponding to the service is switched to the 5G network only when the service supports service continuity. For the specific implementation of this step, refer to the description of step S308 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
由于PGW-C+SMF未为该业务创建单播承载,即未执行实施例七中的步骤S702至S710,则在切换过程中,PGW-C+SMF根据该业务的组播QoS流信息确定通过第二网络的PDU会话发送时所对应的单播QoS流信息。并向目标基站(即gNB)发送创建该单播QoS流的请求,以便在切换过程中在第二网络为该业务创建单播QoS流,以便切换到第二网络后可立刻通过第二网络的PDU会话发送该业务。根据组播QoS流信息确定单播QoS流信息的方法可参见实施例七中的步骤S706。Since PGW-C+SMF does not create a unicast bearer for the service, that is, steps S702 to S710 in the seventh embodiment are not performed, during the handover process, PGW-C+SMF determines to pass according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service The corresponding unicast QoS flow information when the PDU session of the second network is sent. And send a request to create the unicast QoS flow to the target base station (i.e. gNB), so as to create a unicast QoS flow for the service on the second network during the handover process, so that it can pass through the second network immediately after switching to the second network. The PDU session sends the service. For the method of determining unicast QoS flow information according to the multicast QoS flow information, refer to step S706 in the seventh embodiment.
可选的,在本申请其他实施例中,PGW-C+SMF在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G网络的过程中,也可以不建立单播QoS流,而是在终端设备从从4G网络切换到5G网络的过程中,将终端设备直接加入该业务对应的5G组播会话,即将业务从MBMS承载传输直接切换到5G组播会话,中间不需要经过4G单播承载和5G单播QoS流,而保证终端设备的组播业务在小区切换过程中保持业务的连续性。Optionally, in other embodiments of the present application, PGW-C+SMF may not establish a unicast QoS flow when the terminal device switches from a 4G network to a 5G network. Instead, the terminal device switches from a 4G network. In the process of reaching the 5G network, the terminal device directly joins the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service, that is, the service is directly switched from the MBMS bearer transmission to the 5G multicast session, without the need for 4G unicast bearer and 5G unicast QoS flow in the middle. And to ensure that the multicast service of the terminal equipment maintains the continuity of the service during the cell handover.
S805、将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话。S805: Add the terminal device to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service.
本步骤的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S310的描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of this step, refer to the description of step S310 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,也可以在终端设备从4G网络切换到5G的过程中将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话,即将步骤S804-S805替换为步骤S508-S517。It should be noted that the terminal device can also be added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service when the terminal device is switched from the 4G network to the 5G network, that is, steps S804-S805 are replaced with steps S508-S517.
S806、删除单播QoS流。S806. Delete the unicast QoS flow.
步骤S806的具体实现方式参照实施例三中步骤S312的描述,这里不再赘述。For the specific implementation of step S806, refer to the description of step S312 in the third embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,在步骤S806之后,PGW-C+SMF给AS发送第三通知消息,该第三通知消息用于通知该终端设备切换到了5G网络,或者,用于通知AS开始使用5G组播会话向终端设备发送该业务的数据。响应于第三通知消息,AS向终端设备发送第四通知消息,该第四通知消息用于通知终端设备使用该5G组播会话接收该业务的数据。Optionally, after step S806, PGW-C+SMF sends a third notification message to the AS, where the third notification message is used to notify the terminal device that it has switched to the 5G network, or used to notify the AS to start using the 5G multicast session Send the data of the service to the terminal device. In response to the third notification message, the AS sends a fourth notification message to the terminal device, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the 5G multicast session to receive the data of the service.
该方式中,PGW-C+SMF通过预先获得终端设备通过第一网络(例如4G网络)的组播路径接收的业务的组播业务标识,并根据该组播业务标识获取该业务的组播QoS流信息,在终端设备从第一网络切换到第二网络(例如5G网络)的过程中,根 据该业务的组播QoS流信息在第二网络中建立单播QoS流信息,单播QoS流建立后,可以通过该单播QoS流向终端设备发送该业务,后续当终端设备切换到第二网络之后,将终端设备加入该业务对应的5G组播会话。所述方法通过先将业务从MBMS传输切换到5G的单播QoS流传输,在从5G的单播QoS流传输切换到5G组播会话传输,从而保证在终端设备从第一网络切换到第二网络的过程中,终端设备通过第一网络的组播路径接收的组播业务数据在切换过程中保持业务的连续性。In this method, PGW-C+SMF obtains the multicast service identifier of the service received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network (for example, 4G network) in advance, and obtains the multicast QoS of the service according to the multicast service identifier. Flow information, in the process of the terminal device switching from the first network to the second network (for example, 5G network), the unicast QoS flow information is established in the second network according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service, and the unicast QoS flow is established Later, the service can be sent to the terminal device through the unicast QoS flow, and subsequently when the terminal device switches to the second network, the terminal device is added to the 5G multicast session corresponding to the service. The method first switches the service from MBMS transmission to 5G unicast QoS streaming transmission, and then switches from 5G unicast QoS streaming transmission to 5G multicast session transmission, thereby ensuring that the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network. During the network process, the multicast service data received by the terminal device through the multicast path of the first network maintains service continuity during the switching process.
需要说明的是,实施例四的方法不仅可以与实施例三结合,还可以与实施例五、实施例六结合、实施例七或者实施例八结合,即实施例四的方法可以在实施例五中步骤S508之前执行,或者,实施例四的方法在实施例六中步骤S608之前执行,或者,实施例四的方法在实施例七中步骤S711之前执行,或者,实施例四的方法在实施例八中804之前执行。It should be noted that the method of the fourth embodiment can not only be combined with the third embodiment, but also can be combined with the fifth embodiment, the sixth embodiment, the seventh embodiment or the eighth embodiment, that is, the method of the fourth embodiment can be combined with the fifth embodiment. Or, the method in the fourth embodiment is executed before the step S608 in the sixth embodiment, or the method in the fourth embodiment is executed before the step S711 in the seventh embodiment, or the method in the fourth embodiment is executed before the step S711 in the seventh embodiment. Executed before 804 in the Eighth Middle School.
图14为本申请实施例九提供的第一会话管理网元的结构示意图,如图14所示,该第一会话管理网元100包括:FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a first session management network element according to Embodiment 9 of this application. As shown in FIG. 14, the first session management network element 100 includes:
接收模块11,用于接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包。The receiving module 11 is configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that a data packet of a service is sent to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer.
发送模块12,用于向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示通过所述单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述数据包。The sending module 12 is configured to send second instruction information to a first user plane network element, where the second instruction information is used to instruct to send the data packet to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
加入模块13,用于当所述终端设备通过第二网络接入时,将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。The joining module 13 is configured to join the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service when the terminal device accesses through the second network.
可选的,该第一会话管理网元100还包括:获取模块,用于获取所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流信息;第一确定模块,用于根据所述业务的组播QoS流信息确定发送所述业务的数据包的单播承载。Optionally, the first session management network element 100 further includes: an obtaining module, configured to obtain multicast quality of service QoS flow information of the service; and a first determining module, configured to obtain multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the Determine the unicast bearer for sending the data packet of the service.
可选的,所述接收模块11具体用于:接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一指示信息和所述业务的组播业务标识;所述获取模块具体用于:根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。Optionally, the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to: receive a first message, where the first message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier of the service; the acquiring module is specifically configured to: The multicast service identifier obtains multicast QoS flow information of the service.
或者,所述第一指示信息包括所述业务的组播业务标识,所述获取模块具体用于:根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。Alternatively, the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier of the service, and the obtaining module is specifically configured to obtain the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
可选的,所述第一确定模块还用于:若所述第一会话管理网元接收到第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息指示所述业务支持业务连续性,则根据所述组播QoS流的信息确定所述业务对应的单播QoS流。Optionally, the first determining module is further configured to: if the first session management network element receives eighth indication information, the eighth indication information indicates that the service supports service continuity, according to the group The information of the broadcast QoS flow determines the unicast QoS flow corresponding to the service.
一种示例性的方式中,所述加入模块13具体用于:在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,将所述业务的数据包从通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过协议数据单元PDU会话发送给所述终端设备,在所述终端设备从所述第一网络切换到所述第二网络之后,将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述PDU会话发送给所述终端切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。In an exemplary manner, the joining module 13 is specifically configured to: during the handover process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, transfer the data packets of the service from passing through the single network. The broadcast bearer is sent to the terminal device to be sent to the terminal device via a protocol data unit PDU session. After the terminal device switches from the first network to the second network, the terminal device is added to the terminal device. In the multicast session, the data packet of the service is switched from being sent to the terminal through the PDU session to being sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
可选的,所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之后,所述发送模块12还用于:通知所述第一用户面网元停止通过所述PDU会话向所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据。Optionally, after the terminal device joins the multicast session, the sending module 12 is further configured to: notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service to the terminal device through the PDU session data.
另一种示例性的方式中,所述加入模块12具体用于:在所述终端设备从所述第一 网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。In another exemplary manner, the joining module 12 is specifically configured to: join the terminal device to the multicast session during the handover process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network The data packet of the service is switched from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to being sent to the terminal device via the multicast session.
可选的,还包括:第二确定模块,用于在所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之前,确定所述业务支持通过所述第二网络的组播方式发送。Optionally, it further includes: a second determining module, configured to determine that the service supports multicast through the second network before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session Way to send.
可选的,所述第二确定模块具体用于:接收所述业务对应的第一规则,所述第一规则用于进行控制、策略或计费,所述第一规则中包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述业务支持组播方式发送。Optionally, the second determining module is specifically configured to: receive a first rule corresponding to the service, the first rule is used for control, policy, or charging, and the first rule includes third indication information The third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
可选的,所述第一规则中还包括所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the first rule further includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述第三指示信息为所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第一指示信息和所述第一规则携带在同一个消息中,或者,所述第一会话管理网元在接收所述第一指示信息之前接收所述第一规则。In an exemplary manner, the first indication information and the first rule are carried in the same message, or the first session management network element receives the first indication information before receiving the first indication information. One rule.
可选的,还包括第三确定模块,用于确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。Optionally, it further includes a third determining module, configured to determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device passes all The target access network device accesses the second network.
可选的,所述第三确定模块具体用于:在所述终端设备建立分组数据网络PDN连接的过程中,接收所述终端设备发送的组播能力指示信息,所述组播能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第二网络中的组播能力,根据所述组播能力指示信息确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播。Optionally, the third determining module is specifically configured to: in the process of establishing a packet data network PDN connection by the terminal device, receive multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device, and the multicast capability indication information is used for In order to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network, it is determined according to the multicast capability indication information that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
可选的,还包括:建立模块,用于在所述业务对应的组播会话还未建立的情况下,触发建立所述组播会话。Optionally, it further includes: an establishment module, configured to trigger the establishment of the multicast session when the multicast session corresponding to the service has not been established.
一种示例性的方式中,所述加入模块13具体用于:接收接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送的请求消息,所述请求消息用于创建或更新PDU会话,所述PDU会话与所述业务关联,确定通过所述单播承载发送的所述业务支持组播方式发送,且所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播业务,指示所述第二网络中的目标接入网设备将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话。In an exemplary manner, the joining module 13 is specifically configured to: receive a request message sent by the access and mobility management function AMF, where the request message is used to create or update a PDU session, and the PDU session is connected to the Service association, determining that the service sent through the unicast bearer supports multicast transmission, and the terminal device supports the multicast service in the second network, indicating the target access network in the second network The device joins the terminal device to the multicast session.
一种示例性的方式中,当所述终端设备移入MBMS区域时或移入MBMS区域后,所述接收模块11还用于:接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示停止通过所述单播承载发送所述业务的数据。所述发送模块12,还用于根据所述第四指示信息通知第一用户面网元停止通过单播承载发送所述业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, when the terminal device moves into the MBMS area or after it moves into the MBMS area, the receiving module 11 is further configured to: receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop passing through the The unicast bearer sends the data of the service. The sending module 12 is further configured to notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data through the unicast bearer according to the fourth instruction information.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第二指示信息包括第一隧道的信息与所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流的标识QFI的第一映射关系,所述第一隧道是所述单播承载对应的隧道,所述QFI为所述第一用户面网元接收到的所述业务的数据包的QFI,所述第一映射关系用于所述第一用户面网元确定发送所述业务的数据包的第一隧道。In an exemplary manner, the second indication information includes a first mapping relationship between the information of the first tunnel and the identifier QFI of the multicast quality of service QoS flow of the service, and the first tunnel is the unicast Bears the corresponding tunnel, the QFI is the QFI of the service data packet received by the first user plane network element, and the first mapping relationship is used by the first user plane network element to determine to send the service The first tunnel of the packet.
相应的,所述接收模块11还用于:在所述发送模块向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息之后,从所述第一用户面网元接收第二隧道的信息,所述第一用户面网元通过所述第二隧道从第二用户面网元或应用服务器接收所述业务的数据包。所述发送模块12还用于:将所述第二隧道信息发送给所述第二用户面网元或所述应用服务器。Correspondingly, the receiving module 11 is further configured to: after the sending module sends the second indication information to the first user plane network element, receive the second tunnel information from the first user plane network element, and the first user plane network element A user plane network element receives the data packet of the service from a second user plane network element or an application server through the second tunnel. The sending module 12 is further configured to send the second tunnel information to the second user plane network element or the application server.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第二指示信息中包括所述组播地址,所述第二指示信 息用于指示所述第一用户面网元将目的地址为所述组播地址的数据包通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备。In an exemplary manner, the second indication information includes the multicast address, and the second indication information is used to instruct the first user plane network element to set the destination address as the data of the multicast address The packet is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
一种示例性的方式中,所述终端设备切换到所述第二网络之后,所述发送模块12还用于:向AS发送第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知所述AS支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据。相应的,所述加入模块13具体用于:接收第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,根据所述第五指示信息,将所述终端加入所述业务对应的组播会话。In an exemplary manner, after the terminal device switches to the second network, the sending module 12 is further configured to: send a first notification message to the AS, and the first notification message is used to notify the AS Support the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the joining module 13 is specifically configured to: receive fifth instruction information, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to join the multicast session corresponding to the service, and according to the fifth instruction information, Adding the terminal to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述发送模块12向AS发送第一通知消息之前,所述接收模块11还用于:接收第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示当支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送业务的数据时给所述AS发送所述第一通知消息。Optionally, before the sending module 12 sends the first notification message to the AS, the receiving module 11 is further configured to: receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when the multicast mode is supported When the terminal device sends service data, the first notification message is sent to the AS.
可选的,所述第一消息中包括所述第一指示信息和所述第六指示信息携带在第一消息中。Optionally, the first message including the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in the first message.
可选的,还包括确定模块,所述加入模块根据所述第五指示信息,将所述终端加入所述业务对应的组播会话之前,所述确定模块确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。Optionally, it further includes a determining module. Before the joining module joins the terminal to the multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information, the determining module determines that the terminal device is in the second Multicast is supported in the network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device accesses the second network through the target access network device.
本实施例的第一会话管理网元,可用于执行上述方法实施例一至实施例六中第一会话管理网元执行的方法,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The first session management network element of this embodiment can be used to execute the method performed by the first session management network element in the foregoing method embodiment 1 to embodiment 6. The specific implementation manner and technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图15为本申请实施例十提供的AS的结构示意图,如图15所示,该AS200包括:FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an AS provided in Embodiment 10 of this application. As shown in FIG. 15, the AS 200 includes:
接收模块21,用于接收来自终端设备的第一报告,所述第一报告用于指示所述终端设备移出MBMS区域。The receiving module 21 is configured to receive a first report from a terminal device, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area.
确定模块22,用于根据所述第一报告,确定通过单播承载向所述终端设备发送业务的数据包。The determining module 22 is configured to determine, according to the first report, to send a data packet of a service to the terminal device through a unicast bearer.
发送模块23,用于向核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据包。The sending module 23 is configured to send first instruction information to a core network device and/or a first session management network element, where the first instruction information is used to instruct to send a data packet of the service to the terminal device through a unicast bearer .
可选的,所述发送模块23还用于:向所述核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述业务支持组播方式发送。Optionally, the sending module 23 is further configured to: send third indication information to the core network device and/or the first session management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports a multicast mode send.
可选的,所述第三指示信息为所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the third indication information is a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述发送模块23向所述核心网设备发送第三指示信息,具体为:向所述核心网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述第三指示信息和所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the sending module 23 sends third indication information to the core network device, specifically: sending a second message to the core network device, and the second message includes the third indication information and the core network device. The multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述发送模块23还用于:向所述核心网设备发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示当支持以组播方式给所述终端设备发送业务的数据时给所述AS发送所述第一通知消息。Optionally, the sending module 23 is further configured to: send sixth indication information to the core network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate when it supports sending service data to the terminal device in a multicast manner Sending the first notification message to the AS.
可选的,所述发送模块23还用于向所述核心网设备和/或第一会话管理网元发送所述业务对应的组播业务标识。Optionally, the sending module 23 is further configured to send a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service to the core network device and/or the first session management network element.
一种示例性的方式中,所述第一指示信息包括所述业务对应的组播业务标识。In an exemplary manner, the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
另一种示例性的方式中,所述发送模块23向所述第一会话管理网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一指示信息和所述业务对应的组播业务标识。或者,所述发 送模块23向所述核心网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第一指示信息和所述业务对应的组播业务标识。In another exemplary manner, the sending module 23 sends a first message to the first session management network element, where the first message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier corresponding to the service . Alternatively, the sending module 23 sends a second message to the core network device, where the second message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier corresponding to the service.
可选的,所述第一指示信息和所述第六指示信息携带在第一消息中。Optionally, the first indication information and the sixth indication information are carried in a first message.
一种示例性的方式中,所述接收模块21还用于:接收第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据,所述发送模块23还用于:响应于所述第一通知消息,向所述终端设备发送第二通知消息,所述第二通知消息用于通知所述终端设备使用所述组播会话接收所述业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, the receiving module 21 is further configured to: receive a first notification message, and the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, so The sending module 23 is further configured to: in response to the first notification message, send a second notification message to the terminal device, where the second notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use the multicast session to receive the Business data.
另一种示例性的方式中,所述接收模块21还用于:接收第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据,所述发送模块23还用于:响应于所述第一通知消息,向所述第一会话管理网元或者核心网设备发送第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。In another exemplary manner, the receiving module 21 is further configured to: receive a first notification message, where the first notification message is used to notify that it supports the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device, The sending module 23 is further configured to: in response to the first notification message, send fifth indication information to the first session management network element or the core network device, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal The device joins the multicast session corresponding to the service.
一种示例性的方式中,所述接收模块21还用于:当所述终端设备从非MBMS区域移入MBMS区域时,从所述终端设备接收第二报告,所述第二报告用于通知所述AS所述终端设备能够通过MBMS承载接收所述业务的数据。相应的,所述发送模块23还用于:向所述核心网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示停止通过单播承载发送所述业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, the receiving module 21 is further configured to: when the terminal device moves from a non-MBMS area into an MBMS area, receive a second report from the terminal device, and the second report is used to notify the The terminal equipment of the AS can receive the data of the service through the MBMS bearer. Correspondingly, the sending module 23 is further configured to send fourth instruction information to the core network device, where the fourth instruction information is used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer.
本实施例的AS,可用于执行上述方法实施例一至实施例六中AS执行的方法,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The AS in this embodiment can be used to execute the method executed by the AS in the foregoing method embodiment 1 to embodiment 6. The specific implementation and technical effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.
图16为本申请实施例十一提供的终端设备的结构示意图,如图16所示,该终端设备300包括:FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in Embodiment 11 of this application. As shown in FIG. 16, the terminal device 300 includes:
发送模块31,用于在为所述终端设备建立PDN连接的过程中,向第一会话管理网元发送组播能力指示信息,所述组播能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第二网络中的组播能力。The sending module 31 is configured to send multicast capability indication information to the first session management network element in the process of establishing a PDN connection for the terminal device, where the multicast capability indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is in the Multicast capability in the second network.
接收模块32,用于从第一网络中的源接入网设备接收所述第二网络中的目标接入网设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源的配置信息,所述无线资源的配置信息用于所述终端设备在所述第二网络中通过组播方式接收所述业务的数据;所述接收模块,还用于根据所述无线资源的配置信息,接收所述业务的数据。The receiving module 32 is configured to receive, from the source access network device in the first network, the configuration information of the wireless resource allocated by the target access network device in the second network to the terminal device, and the configuration information of the wireless resource The terminal device is used for receiving the data of the service in the second network in a multicast manner; the receiving module is further used for receiving the data of the service according to the configuration information of the wireless resource.
一种示例性的方式中,所述接收模块31还用于:从应用服务器AS接收第四通知消息,所述第四通知消息用于通知所述终端设备使用所述第二网络中的组播会话接收业务的数据。In an exemplary manner, the receiving module 31 is further configured to: receive a fourth notification message from the application server AS, where the fourth notification message is used to notify the terminal device to use multicast in the second network The session receives the data of the service.
本实施例的终端设备,可用于执行上述方法实施例一至实施例六中终端设备执行的方法,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The terminal device of this embodiment can be used to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the first to sixth embodiments of the foregoing method. The specific implementation manner and technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图17为本申请实施例十二提供的目标接入网设备的结构示意图,如图17所示,该目标接入网设备400包括:FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a target access network device provided in Embodiment 12 of this application. As shown in FIG. 17, the target access network device 400 includes:
接收模块41,用于从第一会话管理网元接收第七指示信息,所述第七指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入业务对应的组播会话。The receiving module 41 is configured to receive seventh indication information from the first session management network element, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is added to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
获取模块42,用于获取所述组播会话的组播QoS流的参数。The obtaining module 42 is configured to obtain the parameters of the multicast QoS flow of the multicast session.
资源分配模块43,用于根据所述第七指示信息和所述组播QoS流的参数,为所述 组播QoS流分配无线资源。The resource allocation module 43 is configured to allocate wireless resources for the multicast QoS flow according to the seventh indication information and the parameters of the multicast QoS flow.
发送模块44,用于通过源接入网设备将所述组播QoS流的无线资源的配置信息发送给所述终端设备,所述源接入网设备是所述终端设备在接入所述目标接入网设备前所接入的接入网设备。The sending module 44 is configured to send the configuration information of the wireless resources of the multicast QoS flow to the terminal device through the source access network device, where the source access network device is the terminal device when the terminal device is accessing the target The access network device that is connected before the access network device.
可选的,所述第七指示信息和所述组播会话的QoS信息由所述第一会话管理网元通过一条消息发送。Optionally, the seventh indication information and the QoS information of the multicast session are sent by the first session management network element through a message.
本实施例的目标接入网设备,可用于执行上述方法实施例一至实施例六中目标接入网设备执行的方法,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The target access network device in this embodiment can be used to execute the methods executed by the target access network device in the first to sixth embodiments of the foregoing method. The specific implementation methods and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图18为本申请实施例十三提供的第一会话管理网元的结构示意图,如图18所示,该第一会话管理网元500包括:处理器51、存储器52和收发器53,存储器52和收发器53通过总线54与处理器51连接通信,所述存储器52用于存储指令,所述收发器53用于和其他设备通信,所述处理器51用于执行所述存储器52中存储的指令,以使所述第一会话管理网元500执行如上述实施例一至实施例六中第一会话管理网元执行的方法。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first session management network element provided by Embodiment 13 of this application. As shown in FIG. 18, the first session management network element 500 includes: a processor 51, a memory 52, a transceiver 53, and a memory 52 The transceiver 53 is connected to the processor 51 through a bus 54 to communicate, the memory 52 is used to store instructions, the transceiver 53 is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor 51 is used to execute the information stored in the memory 52. Instructions, so that the first session management network element 500 executes the method performed by the first session management network element in the first embodiment to the sixth embodiment.
可以理解,本申请实施例中第一会话管理网元使用的处理器可以是中央处理器(CPU),通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。It can be understood that the processor used by the first session management network element in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and a field programmable gate. Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
本申请实施例所述的总线可以是工业标准体系结构(Industry Standard Architecture,ISA)总线、外部设备互连(Peripheral Component,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准体系结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture,EISA)总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,本申请附图中的总线并不限定仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The bus described in the embodiments of this application may be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus, etc. . The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, the buses in the drawings of this application are not limited to only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用硬件加软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
上述以软件功能单元的形式实现的集成的单元,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存 储介质中。上述软件功能单元存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The above-mentioned integrated unit implemented in the form of a software functional unit may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The above-mentioned software functional unit is stored in a storage medium, and includes several instructions to make a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to execute the method described in each embodiment of the present application. Part of the steps. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .

Claims (47)

  1. 一种组播业务切换的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for switching multicast services, which is characterized in that it includes:
    第一会话管理网元接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包;The first session management network element receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that a data packet of a service is sent to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer;
    所述第一会话管理网元向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示通过所述单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述数据包;Sending, by the first session management network element, second instruction information to the first user plane network element, where the second instruction information is used to instruct to send the data packet to the terminal device through the unicast bearer;
    当所述终端设备通过第二网络接入时,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。When the terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    所述第一会话管理网元获取所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流信息;Acquiring, by the first session management network element, the multicast service quality QoS flow information of the service;
    所述第一会话管理网元根据所述业务的组播QoS流信息确定发送所述业务的数据包的单播承载。The first session management network element determines the unicast bearer for sending the data packet of the service according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元接收第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the receiving of the first indication information by the first session management network element comprises:
    所述第一会话管理网元接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一指示信息和所述业务的组播业务标识;Receiving, by the first session management network element, a first message, where the first message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier of the service;
    所述第一会话管理网元获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息,包括:The acquiring, by the first session management network element, the multicast QoS flow information of the service includes:
    所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。The first session management network element obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括所述业务的组播业务标识,所述第一会话管理网元获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier of the service, and obtaining the multicast QoS flow information of the service by the first session management network element includes:
    所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。The first session management network element obtains the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-4, further comprising:
    若所述第一会话管理网元接收到第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息指示所述业务支持业务连续性,则所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播QoS流的信息确定所述业务对应的单播QoS流。If the first session management network element receives eighth indication information indicating that the service supports service continuity, the first session management network element determines according to the information of the multicast QoS flow The unicast QoS flow corresponding to the service.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first session management network element adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service comprises:
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述业务的数据包从通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过协议数据单元PDU会话发送给所述终端设备;In the process of the terminal device switching from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element switches the data packet of the service from sending to the terminal device via the unicast bearer To the terminal device via a protocol data unit PDU session;
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络切换到所述第二网络之后,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述PDU会话发送给所述终端切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。After the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet passes through the The PDU session sent to the terminal is switched to sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  7. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first session management network element adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service comprises:
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。During the handover of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet passes through all the The unicast bearer sent to the terminal device is switched to sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端 设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first session management network element adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service comprises:
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述业务的数据包从通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过协议数据单元PDU会话发送给所述终端设备;In the process of the terminal device switching from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element switches the data packet of the service from sending to the terminal device via the unicast bearer To the terminal device via a protocol data unit PDU session;
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络切换到所述第二网络之后,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述PDU会话发送给所述终端切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。After the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet passes through the The PDU session sent to the terminal is switched to sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first session management network element adding the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service comprises:
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。During the handover of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, and the service data packet passes through all the The unicast bearer sent to the terminal device is switched to sent to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  10. 根据权利要求1、8和9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1, 8, and 9, characterized in that, before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, the method further comprises:
    所述第一会话管理网元确定所述业务支持通过所述第二网络的组播方式发送。The first session management network element determines that the service supports sending through the multicast mode of the second network.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元确定所述业务支持通过所述第二网络的组播方式发送,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the first session management network element determining that the service supports sending through the multicast mode of the second network comprises:
    所述第一会话管理网元接收所述业务对应的第一规则,所述第一规则用于进行控制、策略或计费,所述第一规则中包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述业务支持组播方式发送。The first session management network element receives a first rule corresponding to the service, where the first rule is used for control, policy, or charging, and the first rule includes third indication information, and the third indication The information is used to indicate that the service supports multicast transmission.
  12. 根据权利要求6-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 6-9, wherein before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, the method further comprises:
    所述第一会话管理网元确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。The first session management network element determines that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device passes through the target access network The device accesses the second network.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 12, further comprising:
    所述第一会话管理网元在所述终端设备建立分组数据网络PDN连接的过程中,接收所述终端设备发送的组播能力指示信息,所述组播能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第二网络中的组播能力;The first session management network element receives multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device during the process of establishing a packet data network PDN connection by the terminal device, where the multicast capability indication information is used to instruct the terminal device Multicast capability in the second network;
    所述第一会话管理网元确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,包括:The determining, by the first session management network element, that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network includes:
    所述第一会话管理网元根据所述组播能力指示信息确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播。The first session management network element determines, according to the multicast capability indication information, that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
  14. 根据权利要求6或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之后,还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 8, wherein after the terminal device joins the multicast session, the method further comprises:
    所述第一会话管理网元通知所述第一用户面网元停止通过所述PDU会话向所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据。The first session management network element notifies the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data to the terminal device through the PDU session.
  15. 根据权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述终端设备移入多媒体广播多播服务MBMS区域时或移入MBMS区域后,所述第一会话管理网元接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示停止通过所述 单播承载发送所述业务的数据;When the terminal device moves into the MBMS area of the multimedia broadcast multicast service or after it moves into the MBMS area, the first session management network element receives fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop passing the unicast bearer Sending data of the service;
    所述第一会话管理网元根据所述第四指示信息通知第一用户面网元停止通过单播承载发送所述业务的数据。The first session management network element notifies the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data through the unicast bearer according to the fourth instruction information.
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括第一隧道的信息与所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流的标识QFI的第一映射关系,所述第一隧道是所述单播承载对应的隧道,所述QFI为所述第一用户面网元接收到的所述业务的数据包的QFI,所述第一映射关系用于所述第一用户面网元确定发送所述业务的数据包的第一隧道。The method according to claim 1, wherein the second indication information includes a first mapping relationship between the information of the first tunnel and the identifier QFI of the multicast quality of service QoS flow of the service, and the first tunnel Is the tunnel corresponding to the unicast bearer, the QFI is the QFI of the service data packet received by the first user plane network element, and the first mapping relationship is used for the first user plane network element Determine the first tunnel for sending the data packet of the service.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein after the first session management network element sends the second indication information to the first user plane network element, the method further comprises:
    所述第一会话管理网元从所述第一用户面网元接收第二隧道的信息,所述第一用户面网元通过所述第二隧道从第二用户面网元或应用服务器接收所述业务的数据包;The first session management network element receives information about the second tunnel from the first user plane network element, and the first user plane network element receives all information from a second user plane network element or an application server through the second tunnel. The data package of the business;
    所述第一会话管理网元将所述第二隧道信息发送给所述第二用户面网元或所述应用服务器。The first session management network element sends the second tunnel information to the second user plane network element or the application server.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息中包括所述组播地址,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一用户面网元将目的地址为所述组播地址的数据包通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备。The method according to claim 1, wherein the second indication information includes the multicast address, and the second indication information is used to instruct the first user plane network element to set the destination address as the The data packet of the multicast address is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备切换到所述第二网络之后,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein after the terminal device switches to the second network, the method further comprises:
    所述第一会话管理网元向应用服务器AS发送第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知所述AS支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据;Sending, by the first session management network element, a first notification message to the application server AS, where the first notification message is used to notify the AS to support the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device;
    所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,包括:The adding, by the first session management network element, the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service includes:
    所述第一会话管理网元接收第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话;Receiving, by the first session management network element, fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to instruct to add the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service;
    所述第一会话管理网元根据所述第五指示信息,将所述终端加入所述业务对应的组播会话。The first session management network element adds the terminal to the multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元向应用服务器AS发送第一通知消息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein before the first session management network element sends the first notification message to the application server AS, the method further comprises:
    所述第一会话管理网元接收第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示当支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送业务的数据时给所述AS发送所述第一通知消息。The first session management network element receives sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate to send the first notification message to the AS when it supports the use of multicast to send service data to the terminal device .
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之前,还包括:The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein before the first session management network element joins the terminal device to the multicast session, the method further comprises:
    所述第一会话管理网元确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。The first session management network element determines that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device passes through the target access network The device accesses the second network.
  22. 一种第一会话管理网元,其特征在于,包括:A first session management network element, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收模块,用于接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向位于第一网络的终端设备发送业务的数据包;A receiving module, configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct to send a service data packet to a terminal device located in the first network through a unicast bearer;
    发送模块,用于向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指 示通过所述单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述数据包;A sending module, configured to send second instruction information to a first user plane network element, where the second instruction information is used to instruct to send the data packet to the terminal device through the unicast bearer;
    加入模块,用于当所述终端设备通过第二网络接入时,将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。The joining module is configured to join the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service when the terminal device accesses through the second network.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的网元,其特征在于,还包括:The network element according to claim 22, further comprising:
    获取模块,用于获取所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流信息;An obtaining module, configured to obtain multicast service quality QoS flow information of the service;
    第一确定模块,用于根据所述业务的组播QoS流信息确定发送所述业务的数据包的单播承载。The first determining module is configured to determine the unicast bearer for sending the data packet of the service according to the multicast QoS flow information of the service.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的网元,其特征在于,所述接收模块具体用于:The network element according to claim 23, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to:
    接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一指示信息和所述业务的组播业务标识;Receiving a first message, where the first message includes the first indication information and the multicast service identifier of the service;
    所述获取模块具体用于:The obtaining module is specifically used for:
    根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。Acquire the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的网元,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括所述业务的组播业务标识,所述获取模块具体用于:The network element according to claim 23, wherein the first indication information includes a multicast service identifier of the service, and the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述组播业务标识获取所述业务的组播QoS流信息。Acquire the multicast QoS flow information of the service according to the multicast service identifier.
  26. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的网元,其特征在于,所述第一确定模块还用于:The network element according to any one of claims 23-25, wherein the first determining module is further configured to:
    若所述第一会话管理网元接收到第八指示信息,所述第八指示信息指示所述业务支持业务连续性,则根据所述组播QoS流的信息确定所述业务对应的单播QoS流。If the first session management network element receives eighth indication information indicating that the service supports service continuity, determine the unicast QoS corresponding to the service according to the information of the multicast QoS flow flow.
  27. 根据权利要求22-26任一项所述的网元,其特征在于,所述加入模块具体用于:The network element according to any one of claims 22-26, wherein the joining module is specifically configured to:
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,将所述业务的数据包从通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过协议数据单元PDU会话发送给所述终端设备;In the process of the terminal device switching from the first network to the second network, the service data packet is switched from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to being sent via a protocol data unit PDU session To the terminal device;
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络切换到所述第二网络之后,将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述PDU会话发送给所述终端切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。After the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the terminal device is added to the multicast session, and the data packet of the service is switched from being sent to the terminal through the PDU session To the terminal device through the multicast session.
  28. 根据权利要求22-26任一项所述的网元,其特征在于,所述加入模块具体用于:The network element according to any one of claims 22-26, wherein the joining module is specifically configured to:
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。During the handover process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, the terminal device is added to the multicast session, and the data packet of the service is sent to the unicast bearer from the The terminal device switches to send to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  29. 根据权利要求22所述的网元,其特征在于,所述加入模块具体用于:The network element according to claim 22, wherein the adding module is specifically configured to:
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,将所述业务的数据包从通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过协议数据单元PDU会话发送给所述终端设备;In the process of the terminal device switching from the first network to the second network, the service data packet is switched from being sent to the terminal device via the unicast bearer to being sent via a protocol data unit PDU session To the terminal device;
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络切换到所述第二网络之后,将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述PDU会话发送给所述终端切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。After the terminal device is switched from the first network to the second network, the terminal device is added to the multicast session, and the data packet of the service is switched from being sent to the terminal through the PDU session To the terminal device through the multicast session.
  30. 根据权利要求22所述的网元,其特征在于,所述加入模块具体用于:The network element according to claim 22, wherein the adding module is specifically configured to:
    在所述终端设备从所述第一网络向所述第二网络切换过程中,将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话,所述业务的数据包从经过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备切换到经过所述组播会话发送给所述终端设备。During the handover process of the terminal device from the first network to the second network, the terminal device is added to the multicast session, and the data packet of the service is sent to the unicast bearer from the The terminal device switches to send to the terminal device through the multicast session.
  31. 根据权利要求22、29和30任一项所述的网元,其特征在于,还包括:The network element according to any one of claims 22, 29 and 30, further comprising:
    第二确定模块,用于在所述加入模块将所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之前,确定所述业务支持通过所述第二网络的组播方式发送。The second determining module is configured to determine that the service supports sending through the multicast mode of the second network before the joining module joins the terminal device to the multicast session.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的网元,其特征在于,所述第二确定模块具体用于:The network element according to claim 31, wherein the second determining module is specifically configured to:
    接收所述业务对应的第一规则,所述第一规则用于进行控制、策略或计费,所述第一规则中包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述业务支持组播方式发送。Receive a first rule corresponding to the service, where the first rule is used for control, policy, or charging, the first rule includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the service supports Send in multicast mode.
  33. 根据权利要求27-30任一项所述的网元,其特征在于,还包括:The network element according to any one of claims 27-30, further comprising:
    第三确定模块,用于确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。The third determining module is configured to determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device passes through the target access network device Access to the second network.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的网元,其特征在于,所述接收模块还用于:The network element according to claim 33, wherein the receiving module is further configured to:
    接收所述终端设备发送的组播能力指示信息,所述组播能力指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第二网络中的组播能力;Receiving multicast capability indication information sent by the terminal device, where the multicast capability indication information is used to indicate the multicast capability of the terminal device in the second network;
    所述第三确定模块具体用于:The third determining module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述组播能力指示信息确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播。It is determined according to the multicast capability indication information that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network.
  35. 根据权利要求27或29所述的网元,其特征在于,所述发送模块还用于:The network element according to claim 27 or 29, wherein the sending module is further configured to:
    在所述终端设备加入所述组播会话之后,通知所述第一用户面网元停止通过所述PDU会话向所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据。After the terminal device joins the multicast session, notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data to the terminal device through the PDU session.
  36. 根据权利要求22-35任一项所述的网元,其特征在于,所述接收模块还用于:The network element according to any one of claims 22-35, wherein the receiving module is further configured to:
    在所述终端设备移入多媒体广播多播服务MBMS区域时或移入MBMS区域后,接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示停止通过所述单播承载发送所述业务的数据;When the terminal device moves into the MBMS area of the multimedia broadcast multicast service or after moving into the MBMS area, receiving fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct to stop sending the data of the service through the unicast bearer;
    所述发送模块还用于:根据所述第四指示信息通知第一用户面网元停止通过单播承载发送所述业务的数据。The sending module is further configured to notify the first user plane network element to stop sending the service data through the unicast bearer according to the fourth instruction information.
  37. 根据权利要求22所述的网元,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括第一隧道的信息与所述业务的组播服务质量QoS流的标识QFI的第一映射关系,所述第一隧道是所述单播承载对应的隧道,所述QFI为所述第一用户面网元接收到的所述业务的数据包的QFI,所述第一映射关系用于所述第一用户面网元确定发送所述业务的数据包的第一隧道。The network element according to claim 22, wherein the second indication information comprises a first mapping relationship between the information of the first tunnel and the identifier QFI of the multicast quality of service QoS flow of the service, and the first A tunnel is a tunnel corresponding to the unicast bearer, the QFI is the QFI of the service data packet received by the first user plane network element, and the first mapping relationship is used for the first user plane network The element determines the first tunnel through which the data packet of the service is sent.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的网元,其特征在于,所述接收模块还用于:The network element according to claim 37, wherein the receiving module is further configured to:
    在所述发送模块向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息之后,从所述第一用户面网元接收第二隧道的信息,所述第一用户面网元通过所述第二隧道从第二用户面网元或应用服务器接收所述业务的数据包;After the sending module sends the second indication information to the first user plane network element, it receives the second tunnel information from the first user plane network element, and the first user plane network element receives information from the first user plane network element through the second tunnel. The second user plane network element or the application server receives the data packet of the service;
    所述发送模块还用于:将所述第二隧道信息发送给所述第二用户面网元或所述应用服务器。The sending module is further configured to send the second tunnel information to the second user plane network element or the application server.
  39. 根据权利要求22所述的网元,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息中包括所述组播地址,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一用户面网元将目的地址为所述组播地址的数据包通过所述单播承载发送给所述终端设备。The network element according to claim 22, wherein the second indication information includes the multicast address, and the second indication information is used to instruct the first user plane network element to set the destination address as the destination address. The data packet of the multicast address is sent to the terminal device through the unicast bearer.
  40. 根据权利要求22所述的网元,其特征在于,所述终端设备切换到所述第二网络之后,所述发送模块还用于:The network element according to claim 22, wherein after the terminal device is switched to the second network, the sending module is further configured to:
    向应用服务器AS发送第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知所述AS支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据;Sending a first notification message to the application server AS, where the first notification message is used to notify the AS to support the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device;
    所述加入模块具体用于:The joining module is specifically used for:
    接收第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话;Receiving fifth instruction information, where the fifth instruction information is used to instruct to add the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service;
    根据所述第五指示信息,将所述终端加入所述业务对应的组播会话。According to the fifth instruction information, the terminal is added to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的网元,其特征在于,所述发送模块向应用服务器AS发送第一通知消息之前,所述接收模块还用于:The network element according to claim 40, wherein before the sending module sends the first notification message to the application server AS, the receiving module is further configured to:
    接收第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示当支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送业务的数据时给所述AS发送所述第一通知消息。Receiving sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the first notification message is sent to the AS when a multicast mode is supported to send service data to the terminal device.
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的网元,其特征在于,还包括:The network element according to claim 40 or 41, further comprising:
    确定模块,用于确定所述终端设备在所述第二网络中支持组播,和/或,目标接入网设备支持组播,其中,所述终端设备通过所述目标接入网设备接入所述第二网络。The determining module is configured to determine that the terminal device supports multicast in the second network, and/or the target access network device supports multicast, wherein the terminal device accesses through the target access network device The second network.
  43. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:第一会话管理网元和应用服务器AS;A communication system, characterized by comprising: a first session management network element and an application server AS;
    所述AS,用于接收来自第一网络的终端设备的第一报告,所述第一报告用于指示所述终端设备移出多媒体广播多播服务MBMS区域;根据所述第一报告,确定通过单播承载向所述终端设备发送业务的数据包;以及向所述第一会话管理网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示通过单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据包;The AS is configured to receive a first report from a terminal device of a first network, where the first report is used to instruct the terminal device to move out of the MBMS area of the multimedia broadcast multicast service; Sending service data packets to the terminal device by the broadcast bearer; and sending first indication information to the first session management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the unicast bearer is used to send the Business data package;
    所述第一会话管理网元用于接收所述第一指示信息;向第一用户面网元发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示通过所述单播承载向所述终端设备发送所述数据包;以及当所述终端设备通过第二网络接入时,所述第一会话管理网元将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话。The first session management network element is used to receive the first indication information; to send second indication information to the first user plane network element, and the second indication information is used to indicate to the terminal through the unicast bearer The device sends the data packet; and when the terminal device accesses through the second network, the first session management network element adds the terminal device to the multicast session corresponding to the service.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的系统,其特征在于,所述系统还包括所述第一用户面网元。The system according to claim 43, wherein the system further comprises the first user plane network element.
  45. 根据权利要求43所述的系统,其特征在于,所述终端设备切换到所述第二网络之后,所述第一会话管理网元还用于向应用服务器AS发送第一通知消息,所述第一通知消息用于通知所述AS支持使用组播方式给所述终端设备发送所述业务的数据;以及具体用于接收第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示将所述终端设备加入所述业务对应的组播会话,并根据所述第五指示信息,将所述终端加入所述业务对应的组播会话。The system according to claim 43, wherein after the terminal device switches to the second network, the first session management network element is further configured to send a first notification message to the application server AS, and the first A notification message is used to notify the AS to support the use of multicast to send the service data to the terminal device; and specifically to receive fifth indication information, which is used to instruct the terminal device Join the multicast session corresponding to the service, and add the terminal to the multicast session corresponding to the service according to the fifth instruction information.
  46. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现权利要求1-21任一项所述的组播业务切换的方法。A computer-readable storage medium having a computer program stored thereon, wherein the computer program implements the method for switching multicast services according to any one of claims 1-21 when the computer program is executed by a processor.
  47. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序被处 理器执行时,实现权利要求1-21任一项所述的组播业务切换的方法。A computer program product, comprising a computer program, characterized in that, when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method for switching the multicast service according to any one of claims 1-21 is realized.
PCT/CN2021/092205 2020-05-08 2021-05-07 Multicast service switching method and apparatus WO2021223745A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010383204.3 2020-05-08
CN202010383204 2020-05-08
CN202010756685.8A CN113630822B (en) 2020-05-08 2020-07-31 Method and device for switching multicast service
CN202010756685.8 2020-07-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021223745A1 true WO2021223745A1 (en) 2021-11-11

Family

ID=78377762

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/092205 WO2021223745A1 (en) 2020-05-08 2021-05-07 Multicast service switching method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113630822B (en)
WO (1) WO2021223745A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114979963A (en) * 2021-02-25 2022-08-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and system for multicast/broadcast service
CN116249073A (en) * 2021-12-07 2023-06-09 华为技术有限公司 Method for multicast/broadcast communication and related device
CN116419170A (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-07-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 PCC policy control method, PCF, SMF and communication system
CN117793647A (en) * 2022-09-28 2024-03-29 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method and network equipment

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105009638A (en) * 2014-01-03 2015-10-28 华为技术有限公司 User equipment handover method and base station
WO2019114938A1 (en) * 2017-12-12 2019-06-20 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Method, system and apparatus for multicast session management in a 5g communication network
CN110662270A (en) * 2018-06-28 2020-01-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
US20200092923A1 (en) * 2018-09-19 2020-03-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Multicast idle mode behavior and paging

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10045360B2 (en) * 2016-04-15 2018-08-07 Mediatek Inc. Macro-assisted multi-connectivity scheme in multi-RAT cellular systems
EP3952448B1 (en) * 2016-11-04 2023-04-05 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Inter-network change method and terminal
CN108924824B (en) * 2017-03-20 2020-10-09 电信科学技术研究院 EPS bearing identifier distribution method and device, SMF and PCF
CN109152041B (en) * 2017-06-16 2023-11-03 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN109257779A (en) * 2017-07-14 2019-01-22 华为技术有限公司 Method for switching network and device
CN109257780B (en) * 2017-07-14 2021-06-01 华为技术有限公司 Network switching method and device
CN109819481B (en) * 2017-11-20 2021-05-11 华为技术有限公司 Network switching method and session management network element
WO2019211662A1 (en) * 2018-04-30 2019-11-07 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Establishing an ip multimedia subsystem session
WO2019215503A1 (en) * 2018-05-08 2019-11-14 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Transmitting information that indicates a change in system information
CN110719613B (en) * 2018-07-12 2021-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for establishing voice service
US10972950B2 (en) * 2018-07-20 2021-04-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for handover enhancements

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105009638A (en) * 2014-01-03 2015-10-28 华为技术有限公司 User equipment handover method and base station
WO2019114938A1 (en) * 2017-12-12 2019-06-20 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Method, system and apparatus for multicast session management in a 5g communication network
CN110662270A (en) * 2018-06-28 2020-01-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
US20200092923A1 (en) * 2018-09-19 2020-03-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Multicast idle mode behavior and paging

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Study on architectural enhancements for 5G multicast-broadcast services (Release 17)", 3GPP STANDARD; TECHNICAL REPORT; 3GPP TR 23.757, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. V2.0.0, 16 March 2021 (2021-03-16), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , pages 1 - 297, XP052000036 *
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "KI#9, Update to solution #41", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2008737, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Elbonia; 20201116 - 20201120, 9 November 2020 (2020-11-09), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051952774 *
LG ELECTRONICS: "New MBS architecture and procedures", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2000350, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Incheon, Korea; 20200113 - 20200117, 7 January 2020 (2020-01-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051842423 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113630822B (en) 2023-05-02
CN113630822A (en) 2021-11-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3694234B1 (en) Communication system, communication method and device thereof
US10560876B2 (en) Method and device for group communication, having robust mobility
WO2021223745A1 (en) Multicast service switching method and apparatus
WO2021164564A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting multicast service
AU2015401354A1 (en) Enhanced multimedia broadcast and multicast service eMBMS system and management method therefor
CN111556539A (en) UE execution method and UE, SMF entity execution method and SMF entity
WO2021088661A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and device
WO2008134968A1 (en) System, method and apparatus for providing multimedia broadcast multicast service
US20230164640A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021223620A1 (en) Service switching method, apparatus and system
KR20140134943A (en) Apparatus and method for forwording data based on software defined network in communication network
KR20230004776A (en) Broadcast/multicast service management method, device, electronic equipment, storage medium
JP2014534725A (en) Method and system for MCE controlling cluster session establishment
JP2023533422A (en) A Method for Sidelink Relay Communication Under Dual Connectivity
CN113473525A (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2023029590A1 (en) Multicast/broadcast session management method and communication apparatus
CN113163341A (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data in wireless communication system
WO2023066021A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus and device
WO2022165919A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
KR20240070631A (en) Communication methods, devices and devices

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21800222

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21800222

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1